Avyakt murli for Friday 31 March 1995

Warning : Sentence alignment between two languages is based on the number of characters. It is therefore not perfectly reliable.

You can correct the sentence alignment yourself on part or all of the murli.
0> > > >131-03-95 31-03-95 31-03-95 31-03-95ओम ōm ōm Omशान्ति śhānti śhānti peaceअव्यक्त avyakt avyakt[adj.] avyaktबापदादामधुबन bāpadādāmadhuban x x

0> > 31-03-95 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

2परमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulमिलन milan milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] meetingमेले mēlē mēlā[x] fairकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सौगात saugāt saugāt[n.f.;sg.] gift- - - -ताज tāj tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] crown, , , , तख्त takht takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] throneऔर aur aur andतिलक tilak tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] tilak

1The signs of the mela of a meeting with God are the crown, the throne and the tilak.

3आज āj āj todayबेहद का बाप bēhad kā bāp bēhad kā bāp[x] unlimited Fatherबेहद bēhad bēhad[adj.] unlimitedमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toदेख रहे हैं dēkh rahē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

2Today, the unlimited Father is seeing all the children in the unlimited form.

4बेहद का बाप bēhad kā bāp bēhad kā bāp[x] unlimited Fatherहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबेहद bēhad bēhad[adj.] unlimitedके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)मालिक mālik mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] masterसो sō sōnā[root]|sō (sleep[root]|x)बालक bālak bālak[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

3The Father is unlimited and all of you are also the unlimited masters and also the children.

5बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allस्नेही snēhī snēhī[adj.] lovingसहयोगी sahyōgī sahyōgī[adj.] co-operativeबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toदेखहर्षित dēkhaharṣit x xहो रहे हैं hō rahē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]और aur aur andबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toदेखकर dēkhkar dēkhnā[abs.] see[abs.]हर्षितहो harṣitahō x xरहे हैं rahē haĩ rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

4BapDada is happy to see all the loving and co­operative children, and the children are also happy to see the Father. 5Does the Father have greater happiness or do the children?

6बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreखुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]वा vā vā orबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toज्यादा jyādā jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] moreखुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessहै-क्या hai-kyā x xकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

6What would you say? 7Both! 8This is known as the mela of a meeting with God.

7दोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xको kō kō[postp.] to !  !  !  ! 8इसको iskō yah[pn.sg.kō] this[.kō]कहा जाता है kahā jātā hai kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive])परमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulमिलन milan milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] meetingमेला mēlā mēlā[x] fair. . . .

9Many melas take place, but the mela of a meeting with God only takes place at the confluence age.

9मेले mēlē mēlā[x] fairतो tō tō thenबहुत bahut bahut veryहोते hōtē hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butपरमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulमिलन milan milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] meetingमेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneही hī hī[p.] onlyसंगमयुग saṅgamyug saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] confluence ageपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)होता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

10It cannot take place at any other time throughout the kalpa. 11It is happening now and it will happen again.

10सारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeकल्प kalp kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो सकता है hō saktā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]. . . .

12All of you are enjoying the mela, are you not?

11अब ab ab[adv.] nowहो रहा है hō rahā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] be[pres.sg.m.prog.23]और aur aur andहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]. . . . 12आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसबको sabkō sabkō everythingभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairअच्छा लग रहा है achchhā lag rahā hai achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] enjoyना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

13BapDada is happy to seethe fortune of the children, and He sings the song in His heart: Wah children!

13बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaतो tō tō thenबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xको kō kō[postp.] toदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]हर्षित harṣhit harṣhit[adj.] cheerfulहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]और aur aur andदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inगीत gīt gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xगाते gātē gānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sing[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-वाह haĩ-vāh x xबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childवाह vāh vāh wah! !  !  !  !

14Wah!. 15You never dreamt of this fortune, you never even thought of this fortune, but you are now experiencing the elevated fortune in a practical form.

14जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xस्वप्न svapn svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] dreamमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooन na na[neg] notथा thā hōnā[past.m.sg] be[past.m.sg], , , , संकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notथा thā hōnā[past.m.sg] be[past.m.sg]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butअब ab ab[adv.] nowसाकार sākār sākār, sākārī[adj.] sakarमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceकर रहे हैं kar rahē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

16The line of elevated fortune is sparkling on the forehead of each one of you. 17All of you are sparkling stars, are you not? 18Speak!

15हर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)मस्तक mastak mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreheadपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)श्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)लकीर lakīr lakīr[n.f.;sg.] lineचमक रही है chamak rahī hai chamaknā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] x[pres.sg.f.prog.23]. . . .

19Yes or no? 20You have this elevated fortune of yours in your awareness, do you not?

16सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allचमकते chamaktē chamaknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]सितारे sitārē sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] starहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

21Do you have an elevated fortune?

17अपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xस्मृति smr̥iti smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] awarenessमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहता है rahtā hai rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] remain[pres.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  ! 18क्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ whyश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

22All of you fortunate souls have taken a divine Brahmin birth through the Bestower of Fortune.

19क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseभाग्य विधाता bhāgya vidhātā bhāgya vidhātā[x] Bestower of Fortuneद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youभाग्यवान bhāgyavān bhāgyavān[x] fortunateआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofदिव्य divya divya[adj.] divineब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजन्म janm janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] (life|be born[root])हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

23Baba is called the Bestower of Fortune and Brahma is also called the bestower of fortune. 24The birth of all of you has taken place through BapDada.

20बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooभाग्य विधाता bhāgya vidhātā bhāgya vidhātā[x] Bestower of Fortuneकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]और aur aur andब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooभाग्य विधाता bhāgya vidhātā bhāgya vidhātā[x] Bestower of Fortuneकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

25The fortune of one whose Father is the Bestower of Fortune Himself would have such an elevated fortune!

21और aur aur andआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसबका sabkā sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] everyone'sजन्म janm janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] (life|be born[root])बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughहुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

26It isn't that it would be, but that it is! 27It is, is it not?

22तो tō tō thenजिसका jiskā jō[pn.sg.kā] that[.kā]बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherस्वयं svayã svayã xभाग्य विधाता bhāgya vidhātā bhāgya vidhātā[x] Bestower of Fortuneहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]उसका uskā vah[pn.sg.kā] that[.kā]भाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23] !  !  !  !

28Do those sitting at the back have this fortune? 29You are celebrating a meeting with God, are you not?

23परमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulमिलन milan milan[n.m.;sg.,d.] meetingमना रहे हो manā rahē hō manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.2]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

30Are those sitting here on the side celebrating a meeting?

24 ( ( ( (डबल double double doubleफॉरेनर्स foreigners foreigner foreignerसे sē sē[postp.] from) ) ) ) ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमना रहे हैं manā rahē haĩ manānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] celebrate[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] !  !  !  !

31(Speaking to the double foreigners.) 32You are also celebrating.

25बेहद bēhad bēhad[adj.] unlimitedके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)मेले mēlē mēlā[x] fairमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअगर agar agar ifडबल double double doubleविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोते hōtē hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenबेहद का bēhad kā bēhad kā[x] unlimitedनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकहा kahā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] say[past-part.m.sg.d.]जाता jātā jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] go[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

33It is very good. 34If the double foreigners were not present in the unlimited mela, it would not be an unlimited mela.

26तो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोगों lōgō̃ log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] peopleका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभी bhī bhī[p.] tooविशेष viśhēṣh viśhēṣh[adj.] specialपार्ट part part[n.m.;sg.,d.] partहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherऔर aur aur andसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]­ ­ ­ ­देखहर्षित dēkhaharṣit x xहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

35So, all of you also have a special part so that the Father and all the children are happy to see you.

27भाग्य विधाता bhāgya vidhātā bhāgya vidhātā[x] Bestower of Fortuneद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughजन्म janm janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] (life|be born[root])होना-ये hōnā-yē x xसबसे sabsē sabsē the mostनम्बरवन number one number one number oneभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

36And so the number one fortune is to take a birth through the Bestower of Fortune.

28साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] with­ ­ ­ ­साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withसारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeकल्प kalp kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकिसी kisī kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] (anything|some)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooजन्म janm janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] (life|be born[root])में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneही hī hī[p.] onlyपरमात्मा paramātmā paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबने banē bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]), , , , शिक्षक śhikṣhak śhikṣhak[x] teacherभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबने banē bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]), , , , सतगुरू satgurū satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] Satguruभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबने banē bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23])और aur aur andसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allसम्बन्ध sambandh sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] relationshipभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनिभाये-ऐसा nibhāyē-aisā x xसतयुग satyug satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] golden ageसे sē sē[postp.] fromकलियुग kaliyug kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] iron ageतक tak tak untilकिसको kiskō kaun[pn.sg.kō] who[.kō]भाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

37As well as this, from the golden age to the iron age, has anyone ever received in any birth the fortune of having the Supreme Soul as the Father, the Teacher and the Satguru and also the One who fulfils the responsibility of all relationships?

29और aur aur andअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]मिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] !  !  !  !

38However, you have received it now.

30अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithऔर aur aur andनशे naśhē naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] intoxicationसे sē sē[postp.] fromकहते हो kahtē hō kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] say[pres.pl.m.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहमारा hamārā ham[pn.pl.kā] we[.kā]पालनहार pālanhār pālanhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] xपरम param param[adj.] Supremeआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

39You say with faith and intoxication that the One who is sustaining you is the Supreme Soul.

31दुनिया duniyā duniyā[n.f.;sg.] worldवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoकहने kahnē kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] say[inf.m.pl.,o.]मात्र mātra mātra justकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatपरमात्मा paramātmā paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulही hī hī[p.] onlyपाल रहा है pāl rahā hai pālnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] sustenance[pres.sg.m.prog.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youप्रैक्टिकल practical practical practicalअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceसे sē sē[postp.] fromकहते हो kahtē hō kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] say[pres.pl.m.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatपरमात्मा paramātmā paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherही hī hī[p.] onlyपालनहार pālanhār pālanhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , पालना pālnā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.])कर रहे हैं kar rahē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] !  !  !  !

40People of the world just say that God is sustaining them, whereas you say with practical experience that God is your Father and that He is your Sustainer. 41He is sustaining you!

32नशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxicationहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅या yā yā orथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortभूल जाते हो bhūl jātē hō bhūl jānā[pres.pl.m.2] x[pres.pl.m.2] ?  ?  ?  ?

42Do you have this intoxication? 43Or do you sometimes forget it a little?

33चलते chaltē chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]­ ­ ­ ­चलते chaltē chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xको kō kō[postp.] toसाधारण sādhāraṇ sādhāraṇ[adj.] ordinaryसमझ लेते हो samajh lētē hō samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] understand[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā], , , , है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]श्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedलेकिन lēkin lēkin butसमझ samajh samajh[n.f.;sg.]|samajhnā[root] (understanding|understand[root])साधारण sādhāraṇ sādhāraṇ[adj.] ordinaryलेते हो lētē hō lēnā[pres.pl.m.2] take[pres.pl.m.2]. . . .

44What happens is that whilst moving along, you consider your fortune to be ordinary. 45It is elevated but you consider it to be ordinary.

34इसलिए isliē isliē thereforeजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatनशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxicationऔर aur aur andखुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)झलक jhalak jhalaknā[root]|jhalak[n.f.;sg.] (sparkle[root]|x)सदा sadā sadā constantlyहोनी चाहिये hōnī chāhiyē hōnā[.oblig3] be[.oblig3], , , , वह vah vah[pn.sg.d.] thatनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरहती rahtī rahnā[pres-part.f.] remain[pres-part.f.]. . . . 35वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneसेकण्ड second second secondभी bhī bhī[p.] tooभूल bhūl bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] (forget[root]|mistake)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकॉमन common common xसमझ लेते हो samajh lētē hō samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] understand[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā]कि ki ki[conj.] thatबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherमिल गया mil gayā milnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] receive[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā], , , , हमारा hamārā ham[pn.pl.kā] we[.kā]हो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā], , , , हम ham ham[pn.pl.] weभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)हो गये hō gayē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]… … … … जब jab jab whenहमारा hamārā ham[pn.pl.kā] we[.kā]है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenनशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxication ( ( ( (फखुर phakhur fakhur[n.m.;sg.,d.] intoxication) ) ) ) होना चाहिये hōnā chāhiyē hōnā[.oblig3] be[.oblig3]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

46So, because of thinking it to be ordinary, the sparkle of intoxication and happiness that you should constantly have, that you shouldn't forget for even one second disappears, because having found the Father, and knowing that He belongs to you and that you also belong to Him, you take it for granted. 47He does belong to you.

36लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everऊंचा ūñchā ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] elevatedतो tō tō thenकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everमध्यम madhyam madhyam[adj.] x, , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everसाधारण sādhāraṇ sādhāraṇ[adj.] ordinaryहो जाता है hō jātā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

48Since He belongs to you, you should have this intoxication; you should have this spiritual intoxication.

37सोचो sōchō sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , हमारा hamārā ham[pn.pl.kā] we[.kā]बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherपरम param param[adj.] Supremeआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  !

49So is there any fluctuation?

38और aur aur andफिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)शिक्षक śhikṣhak śhikṣhak[x] teacherडायरेक्ट direct direct directपरम param param[adj.] Supremeआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  ! 39क्या kyā kyā whatशिक्षा śhikṣhā śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] teachingsदी dī|the dēnā[past-part.f.]|the (give[past-part.f.]|the) ?  ?  ?  ?

50You have it, but sometimes it is elevated, sometimes of the middle level, and sometimes ordinary.

40आपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]क्या kyā kyā whatबना दिया banā diyā bannā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|banānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] (become[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+dēnā]|create[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā]) ?  ?  ?  ?

51Just think: Our Father is the Supreme Soul.

41त्रिनेत्री trinētrī trinētrī[x] trinetri, , , , त्रिकालदर्शी trikāldarśhī trikāldarśhī[adj.] trikaldarshi, , , , त्रिलोकीनाथ trilōkīnāth trilōkīnāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] x. . . .

52And the Supreme Soul is also directly your Teacher. 53What teachings did He give?

42ऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someपढ़ाई paṛhāī paṛhānā[past-part.f.]|paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (teach[past-part.f.]|study)पढ़ता है paṛhtā hai paṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23] study[pres.sg.m.23] !  !  !  !

54What did He make you? 55Trinetri, Trikaldarshi, Trilokinath.

43अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतक tak tak untilये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisडिग्री degree degree degreeसुनी है sunī hai sunnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] listen[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

56Does anyone study such an education?

44जज judge judge judgeबैरिस्टर barrister barrister barrister, , , , डॉक्टर doctor doctor doctor, , , , इंजीनियर engineer engineer engineerये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisतो tō tō thenसब sab sab[adj.] allडिग्रीज ḍigrīj x xदेखी हैं dēkhī haĩ dēkhnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] see[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butत्रिलोकीनाथ trilōkīnāth trilōkīnāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] x, , , , त्रिकालदर्शी trikāldarśhī trikāldarśhī[adj.] trikaldarshi, , , , त्रिनेत्री trinētrī trinētrī[x] trinetri, , , , नॉलेजफुल knowledgeful knowledgeful knowledgeful… … … … ऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchडिग्री degree degree degreeदेखी है dēkhī hai dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] see[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

57Until now, have you ever heard of this degree? 58You know of the degrees of becoming a judge, a barrister, a doctor or an engineer, but have you heard of the degree of becoming Trilokinath, Trikaldarshi, Trinetri and knowledge­full?

45द्वापर dvāpar dvāpar copper ageसे sē sē[postp.] fromकलियुग kaliyug kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] iron ageतक tak tak untilकिसको kiskō kaun[pn.sg.kō] who[.kō]मिली है milī hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

59Has anyone from the copper age through to their on age ever received it?

46आपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]मिली थी milī thī milnā[past-perf.f.] receive[past-perf.f.] ?  ?  ?  ?

60Did you receive it?

47आपने āpnē āp[pn.pl.nē] you[.nē]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooतो tō tō then63 63 63 63जन्म लिये हैं janma liyē haĩ janma lēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] x. . . .

61You have also taken sixty­three births.

48तो tō tō thenन na na[neg] notकिसको kiskō kaun[pn.sg.kō] who[.kō]मिली है milī hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.f.23], , , , न na na[neg] notमिलनी है milnī hai milnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] receive[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

62Neither has anyone received it nor will anyone receive it.

49ऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchशिक्षक śhikṣhak śhikṣhak[x] teacherहमारा hamārā ham[pn.pl.kā] we[.kā]है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

63Such is your Teacher!

50साइंस science science scienceवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसाइंस science science scienceकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)कितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soभी bhī bhī[p.] tooयोजना yōjnā yōjnā[n.f.;sg.] xकरें karē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3]तो भी tō bhī tō bhī[x] ∅त्रिलोक trilōk trilōk xतक tak tak untilनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notपहुँच pahũch pahuñchnā[root] reach[root]सकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

64No matter how much experimentation scientists do, they still cannot reach Trilok.

51तीनों tīnō̃ tīnō̃[adj.] all threeलोकों lōkō̃ lōk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofनॉलेज knowledge knowledge knowledgeप्राप्त prāpt prāpt[adj.] reachedहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकता saktā saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

65They cannot attain the knowledge of all three worlds.

52और aur aur andआपमें āpmē̃ āp[pn.pl.mē̃] you[.mē̃]तो tō tō then5 5 5 5वर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofबच्चा bachchā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] childभी bhī bhī[p.] tooतीन tīn tīn[adj.] xलोकों lōkō̃ lōk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)नॉलेज knowledge knowledge knowledgeदेता है dētā hai dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] give[pres.sg.m.23] !  !  !  !

66And amongst you, even a five year old child gives the knowledge of the three worlds. 67He gives this, does he not?

53वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooफलक phalak phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sparkle of intoxicationसे sē sē[postp.] fromकहेगा-हाँ kahēgā-hā̃ x x, , , , सूक्ष्म sūkṣhma sūkṣhma[adj.] subtleवतन vatan vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , मूल mūl mūl[n.m.;sg.,d.] mainवतन vatan vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

68He would also say with intoxication: Yes, there is the subtle region and the incorporeal world.

54तो tō tō thenपरम param param[adj.] Supremeआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulशिक्षक śhikṣhak śhikṣhak[x] teacherभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

69So, the Supreme Soul is also the Teacher.

55श्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedशिक्षा śhikṣhā śhikṣhā[n.f.;sg.] teachingsसे sē sē[postp.] fromये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisडिग्री degree degree degreeतो tō tō thenप्राप्त prāpt prāpt[adj.] reachedकराई karāī karānā[past-part.f.] make commit[past-part.f.]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butदुनिया duniyā duniyā[n.f.;sg.] worldमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसबसे sabsē sabsē the mostबड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryते tē sē fromबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryपद pad pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] statusराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomपद pad pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] statusहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

70He enabled you to attain this degree with His elevated teachings, but the greatest status in the world is the ruling status.

56तो tō tō thenपढ़ाई paṛhāī paṛhānā[past-part.f.]|paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (teach[past-part.f.]|study)से sē sē[postp.] fromपद pad pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] statusभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमिलता है miltā hai milnā[pres.sg.m.23] receive[pres.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

71Therefore, you also receive a status through your study.

57तो tō tō thenआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]राजा rājā rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingबनाया है banāyā hai banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

72So He has made you into kings.

58अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowराजा rājā rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])या yā yā orबनना है bannā hai bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?  ?  ?  ? 59हो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])राजा rājā rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingऔर aur aur andबैठे baiṭhē baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23])पट paṭ paṭ[adj.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) !  !  !  !

73Are you a king or do you still have to become one? 74Are you a king now?

60पक्का pakkā pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] firmमकान makān makān[n.m.;sg.,d.] buildingभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , टेन्ट tent tent xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबैठे हो baiṭhē hō baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] !  !  !  !

75You are a king and yet you are sitting on the floor!

61तो tō tō thenदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]श्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedपद pad pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] statusराज rāj rāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] x­ ­ ­ ­पद pad pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] statusहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

76You do not even have a proper building. 77You are sitting in a tent.

62अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowभी bhī bhī[p.] tooस्वराज्य अधिकारी svarājya adhikārī svarājya adhikārī[x] self-sovereignहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])और aur aur andभविष्य bhaviṣhya bhaviṣhya[adj.] futureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldराज्य अधिकारी rājya adhikārī rājya adhikārī[x] masterबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

78So just see, the most elevated status is the ruling status; so you are a self­sovereignat this time and in the future also.

63ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisपक्का pakkā pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] firmहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ? 64किसको kiskō kaun[pn.sg.kō] who[.kō]राज्य करना है rājya karnā hai rājya karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] x ?  ?  ?  ?

79You have to become a world ruler in the future also.

65आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youराज्य करेंगे rājya karē̃gē rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] xकि ki ki[conj.] thatआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]ऊपर ūpar ūpar overकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someराजा rājā rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingराज्य करेगा rājya karēgā rājya karnā[fut.m.sg.23] x ?  ?  ?  ?

80This is firm, is it not? 81Who has to rule? 82Who will rule?

66नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

83Will you?

67ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisसब sab sab[adj.] allइतने itnē itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchराजा rājā rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingबन जायेंगे ban jāyēṅgē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] !  !  !  !

84Or will another king rule over you? 85No.

68इतने itnē itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchसब sab sab[adj.] allराज्य करेंगे rājya karē̃gē rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x !  !  !  !

86All of you will become kings.

69प्रजा prajā prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]या yā yā orअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownऊपर ūpar ūpar overही hī hī[p.] onlyराज्य करेंगे rājya karē̃gē rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x ?  ?  ?  ?

87Will all of you rule? 88Have you also prepared the subjects, or will you rule over your own self?

70तो tō tō thenअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)भाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xदेखो-परम dēkhō-param x xआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulमेरा mērā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] I[.kā]शिक्षक śhikṣhak śhikṣhak[x] teacherहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , राज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomपद pad pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] statusदेने dēnē dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] give[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those who. . . .

89So just look at your fortune: the Supreme Soul is your Teacher, the One who gives you the ruling status.

71और aur aur andफिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)सतगुरू satgurū satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] Satguruबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root])… … … … गुरू gurū gurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] guruक्या kyā kyā whatकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

90And then, as the Satguru; what does a guru do?

72मन्त्र mantra mantra[n.m.;sg.,d.] mantraदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

91He gives you a mantra.

73तो tō tō thenसतगुरू satgurū satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] Satguruने nē nē[postp.] ∅क्या kyā kyā whatमन्त्र mantra mantra[n.m.;sg.,d.] mantraदिया diyā dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] give[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

92So what mantra did the Satguru give you?

74मनमनाभव manmanābhav manmanābhav Manmanabhav. . . .

93Manmanabhav.

75सतगुरू satgurū satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] Satguruद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughमहामन्त्र mahāmantra mahāmantra[n.m.;sg.,d.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमिला milā milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.])और aur aur andसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमिले milē milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|milnā[opt.sg.23] (receive[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|receive[opt.sg.23]). . . .

94You received the great mantra from the Satguru and you also received all blessings.

76कितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingमिले हैं milē haĩ milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

95How many blessings have you received?

77वरदानों vardānō̃ vardān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] blessingकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)लिस्ट list list listदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soलम्बी lambī lambā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  !

96Looked your list of blessings. 97It is so long.

78रोज rōj rōz dayवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingमिलता है miltā hai milnā[pres.sg.m.23] receive[pres.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

98You receive a blessing every day.

79कितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeसे sē sē[postp.] fromमिल रहे हैं mil rahē haĩ milnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] receive[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] !  !  !  !

99You have been receiving it for so long.

80इतने itnē itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingकोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneफॉलोअर follower follower followerको kō kō[postp.] toकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someगुरू gurū gurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] guruदे dē dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23])ही hī hī[p.] onlyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

100No guru can give so many blessings to his followers.

81ऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchसतगुरू satgurū satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] Satguruजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatरोज rōj rōz dayवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingदे dē dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]), , , , ऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchदेखा dēkhā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ? 82अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowनशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxicationहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

101Have you ever seen such a guru like the Satguru who gives you a blessing every day?

83 ( ( ( (हाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yes) ) ) ) बहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

102You have this intoxication now, do you not?

84सदा sadā sadā constantlyरखना rakhnā rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] keep[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

103Very good.

85ऐसे नहीं aisē nahī̃ aisē nahī̃[x] it isn't that, , , , यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereसे sē sē[postp.] fromबस bas basnā[root]|bas (x[root]|simply)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजाओ jāō jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो tō tō thenनशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxicationउतरना utarnā utarnā[inf.m.sg.d.] go down[inf.m.sg.d.]शुरू हो जाये śhurū hō jāyē śhurū hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] x. . . . 86सदा sadā sadā constantlyबढ़ता रहे baṛhtā rahē baṛhnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] grow[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

104Constantly keep it with you. 105It should not be that your intoxication begins to reduce as soon as you get into the bus from here.

87बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toसदा sadā sadā constantlyही hī hī[p.] onlyहर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])सब्जेक्ट subject subject subjectमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनम्बरवन number one number one number oneदेखना चाहते हैं dēkhnā chāhtē haĩ dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.inf+cāhnā]. . . .

106It should constantly keep on increasing. 107BapDada constantly wishes to see each child as number one in every subject.

88तो tō tō thenनम्बरवन number one number one number oneहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])कि ki ki[conj.] thatअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowबनना है bannā hai bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?  ?  ?  ?

108So, are you number one, or do you still have to become that?

89नशे naśhē naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] intoxicationसे sē sē[postp.] fromकहो kahō kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहम ham ham[pn.pl.] weनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23] !  !  !  !

109Say with intoxication: If I don't become this, who would?

90विदेशियों vidēśhiyō̃ vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] foreignerको kō kō[postp.] toडबल double double doubleनशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxicationहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

110Double foreigners have double the intoxication, do they not?

91अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

111It is good.

92बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherभी bhī bhī[p.] tooखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatएक ēk ēk[adj.] one­ ­ ­ ­एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneमेरा mērā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] I[.kā]बच्चा bachchā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] childराजा rājā rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingबच्चा bachchā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] childहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 93प्रजा prajā prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

112Baba is also happy that each child of His is a crown prince, not part of the subjects.

94प्रजा prajā prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] xतो tō tō thenपीछे pīchhē pīchhē xआने ānē ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x)वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

113The subjects are to come later.

95आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youतो tō tō thenफिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessलक्की lucky lucky luckyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatइतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमिलने milnē milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] receive[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofचांस chance chance chanceमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

114All of you are still lucky that you have a chance to have this meeting.

96टेन्ट tent tent xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहना पड़ा rahnā paṛā rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] remain[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2]तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

115What does it matter if you have to stay in a tent?

97मिट्टी miṭṭī miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mudपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)तो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसो रहे हो sō rahē hō sōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] sleep[pres.pl.m.prog.2]ना nā nā ∅, , , , गदेले gadēlē gadēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mattressपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)सो रहे हो sō rahē hō sōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] sleep[pres.pl.m.prog.2]. . . .

116At least you are not sleeping in the mud! 117You are sleeping on mattresses.

98ब्रह्मा भोजन brahmā bhōjan brahmā bhōjan[x] Brahma bhojanतो tō tō thenअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaमिलता है miltā hai milnā[pres.sg.m.23] receive[pres.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ? 99मिट्टी miṭṭī miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mudवाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those whoतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notमिलता miltā milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

118You are receiving good Brahma bhojan; not that filled with dust.

100प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveसे sē sē[postp.] fromखाते हो khātē hō khānā[pres.pl.m.2] eat[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

119You eat with love, do you not?

101थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortबहुत bahut bahut veryतो tō tō thenहोता hōtā hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-part.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , होना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

120There will be some difficulties; there has to be.

102क्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ why ?  ?  ?  ?

121Why?

103माया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaऔर aur aur andप्रभु prabhu prabhu Godका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofखेल khēl khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] (play|play[root])साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] with­ ­ ­ ­साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withचल रहा है chal rahā hai chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23]. . . .

122The game between Maya and God takes place at the same time.

104अगर agar agar ifपरमात्मा paramātmā paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughमेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooझमेला jhamēlā jhamēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] turmoilजरूर jarūr zarūr definitelyकरती है kartī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.23] do[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

123If you have a mela with God, Maya will also definitely create a confusion (jamela).

105आपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]मेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , उसका uskā vah[pn.sg.kā] that[.kā]काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]झमेला jhamēlā jhamēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] turmoilकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

124Your duty is to have a mela and her duty is to create a jamela.

106तो tō tō thenझमेला jhamēlā jhamēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] turmoilभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andमेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

125So you had a jamela and also a mela.

107 ( ( ( (किसी kisī kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] (anything|some)ने nē nē[postp.] ∅कहा kahā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] say[past-part.m.sg.d.]आंधी āndhī āndhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xचली chalī chalnā[past-part.f.] continue[past-part.f.]) ) ) ) कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

126(There was a cyclone there.) 127That does not matter.

108आपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]पुरूषार्थ purūṣhārth puruṣhārth effortकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)आंधी āndhī āndhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहवा havā havā[n.f.;sg.] xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)आंधी āndhī āndhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

128This is the cyclone (intense speed) of your effort and that is the physical cyclone.

109घबराते ghabrātē ghabrānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be afraid[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅कि ki ki[conj.] thatक्या kyā kyā whatहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

129You are not afraid about what happened, are you?

110नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , आंधी āndhī āndhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xआये āyē ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.])या yā yā orबरसात barsāt barsāt[n.f.;sg.] rainआये āyē ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]), , , , कितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहलचल halchal halchal[x] upheavalहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]मन man man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mindअचल achal achal unshakeableहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

130Whether storms come or whether rains come; no matter how much fluctuation there is, your mind is unshakeable, is it not?

111मातायें mātāyē̃ mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] motherघबरा ghabrā ghabrānā[root] be afraid[root]तो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notगई gaī jānā[past-part.f.] go[past-part.f.], , , , टेन्ट tent tent xउड़ गया uṛ gayā uṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] fly[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā], , , , क्या kyā kyā whatकरें karē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

131The mothers are not afraid, are you? 132The tents have blown away; what shall we do?

112थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortघबराये ghabrāyē ghabrānā[opt.sg.23] be afraid[opt.sg.23], , , , क्या kyā kyā whatहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23], , , , तबियत tabiyat tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] healthअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaरहेगी rahēgī rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] remain[fut.f.sg.23], , , , नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरहेगी rahēgī rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] remain[fut.f.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

133Were you a little afraid wondering what is going to happen and whether your health would remain good or not?

113कुछ भी kuchh bhī kuchh bhī[x] anythingहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])भक्ति bhakti bhakti[n.f.;sg.] devotionसे sē sē[postp.] fromतो tō tō thenधक्के dhakkē dhakkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] xऔर aur aur andमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortकम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

134No matter what it is, it is less stumbling and effort than in bhakti, is it not?

114भक्ति bhakti bhakti[n.f.;sg.] devotionके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)धक्के dhakkē dhakkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] xतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notखाते हो khātē hō khānā[pres.pl.m.2] eat[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅, , , , मजे majē mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pleasureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहते हो rahtē hō rahnā[pres.pl.m.2] remain[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

135You are not stumbling like on the path of bhakti, are you? 136You are living comfortably, are you not?

115तो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisमेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaलगा lagā lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x)या yā yā orझमेला jhamēlā jhamēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] turmoilदेखकर dēkhkar dēkhnā[abs.] see[abs.]घबरा गये ghabrā gayē ghabrānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be afraid[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

137So, did you enjoy this mela, or were you afraid seeing the jamela? 138Was no one afraid?

116नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notघबराये ghabrāyē ghabrānā[opt.sg.23] be afraid[opt.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

139One or two must have been afraid.

117एक ēk ēk[adj.] one­ ­ ­ ­दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])तो tō tō thenघबराये ghabrāyē ghabrānā[opt.sg.23] be afraid[opt.sg.23]होंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

140You are enjoying yourselves, are you not?

118मजा majā mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pleasureआ रहा है ā rahā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] come[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ?  ?  ?  ? 119और aur aur andभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])दिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayरखें rakhē̃ rakhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] keep[opt.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

141Should we continue this mela for two more days?

120अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . . 121बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofझमेला jhamēlā jhamēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] turmoilदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]चक्कर chakkar chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleलगाते रहते हैं lagātē rahtē haĩ lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] attach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā]. . . .

142Achcha, BapDada also tours around seeing the jamela of Maya.

122खेल khēl khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] (play|play[root])देखते dēkhtē dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-बच्चे haĩ-baccē x xक्या kyā kyā whatकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]और aur aur andमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaक्या kyā kyā whatकरती है kartī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.23] do[pres.sg.f.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

143He sees the game of what the children do and what Maya does.

123बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happinessहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

144BapDada is happy to see the love of the children.

124स्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveने nē nē[postp.] ∅मेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairरचाया है rachāyā hai rachnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] creation. . . .

145Their love has created this mela.

125बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभी bhī bhī[p.] tooस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभी bhī bhī[p.] tooस्नेह snēh snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , दोनों dōnō̃ dōnō̃ xमिल गये mil gayē milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] receive[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ? 126मेला mēlā mēlā[x] fair. . . .

146There is the love of the Father, there is the love of the children. 147What happens when both come together?

127दृश्य dr̥iśhya dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soअच्छा लग रहा है achchhā lag rahā hai achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] enjoy. . . .

148It becomes a mela. 149The scene is so enjoyable.

128ऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everसोचा sōchā sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] think[past-part.m.sg.d.]था-इतना thā-itanā x xबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyमिलेगा milēgā milnā[fut.m.sg.23] receive[fut.m.sg.23]और aur aur andइतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyकिसको kiskō kaun[pn.sg.kō] who[.kō]होगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

150Did you ever think that you would find such a huge family? 151Who would have such a large family?

129आपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]घर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

152How many homes do you have? 153(One).

130 ( ( ( (एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]) ) ) ) और aur aur andआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)स्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

154How many service places do you have? 155(Countless.)

131 ( ( ( (अनेक anēk anēk[adj.] manyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]) ) ) ) तो tō tō thenउसको uskō vah[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooतो tō tō thenबाबा bābā bābā Babaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofघर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeकहते हो kahtē hō kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] say[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

156So that is also Baba's home, is it not? 157Baba's home is your home.

132तो tō tō thenबाबा bābā bābā Babaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofघर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeआपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]घर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 133दुनिया duniyā duniyā[n.f.;sg.] worldकहती है kahtī hai kahnā[pres.sg.f.23] say[pres.sg.f.23]घरबार gharbār gharbār[n.m.;sg.,d.] xछोड़ते हैं chhōṛtē haĩ chhōṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] renounce[pres.pl.m.12hon3]और aur aur andआपने āpnē āp[pn.pl.nē] you[.nē]कितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soघर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeबनाये हैं banāyē haĩ banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] !  !  !  !

158People say that you make people leave their homes, whereas you have actually created so many homes. 159How many homes have you created?

134गिनती gintī ginnā[pres-part.f.]|gintī[x] (x[pres-part.f.]|x)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकर सकते हो kar saktē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā], , , , याद रखना पड़ता है yād rakhnā paṛtā hai yād rakhnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] remember. . . .

160You are not able to count them. 161You have to remember all of them.

135तो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisछोड़ना chhōṛnā chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] renounce[inf.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , बनाना है banānā hai banānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] create[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

162So, this is not leaving your home, but creating more homes.

136और aur aur andपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyको kō kō[postp.] toछोड़ा है chhōṛā hai chhōṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] renounce[pres-perf.sg.m.23]या yā yā orपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyइतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryबनाया है banāyā hai banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] create[pres-perf.sg.m.23]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatमिलना milnā milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] receive[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyमुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficultहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

163And did you leave your family, or did you extend your family so much that it is difficult to even meet everyone?

137सारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminजितने jitnē jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the moreभी bhī bhī[p.] tooजहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneस्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)मिल सकते हैं mil saktē haĩ milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ?  ?  ?  ?

164Can all the Brahmins, however many there are, meet in one place?

138मुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficultहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

165It would be difficult, would it not?

139क्योकि kyōki kyōṅki becauseदूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅, , , , अपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)राज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

166Because it is someone else's kingdom. 167It is not your kingdom.

140लेकिन lēkin lēkin butबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherमिला milā milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]), , , , बेहद का bēhad kā bēhad kā[x] unlimitedपरिवार parivār parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] familyमिला milā milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]). . . .

168However, you have found the Father and an unlimited family.

141तो tō tō thenबेहद bēhad bēhad[adj.] unlimitedको kō kō[postp.] toयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]से sē sē[postp.] fromबेहद bēhad bēhad[adj.] unlimitedकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)खुशी khuśhī khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] happiness, , , , बेहद का bēhad kā bēhad kā[x] unlimitedनशा naśhā naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] intoxicationहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

169So, by remembering the unlimited, you have unlimited happiness and unlimited intoxication.

142अगर agar agar ifहद had had[n.f.;sg.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसमझते samajhtē samajhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] understand[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-मैं haĩ-maĩ x xतो tō tō thenफलाने phalānē phalānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xदेश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1], , , , फलाने phalānē phalānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xदेश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1], , , , फलाने phalānē phalānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xजोन zone zone zoneका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1]तो tō tō thenहद had had[n.f.;sg.] xहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisतो tō tō thenनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentमात्र mātra mātra justनिशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]कहते kahtē kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-ये haĩ-yē x xफलाना phalānā phalānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xजोन zone zone zone, , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisफलाना phalānā phalānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xस्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] place. . . .

170If you look at it in a limited way, thinking: I am from this country, I am from this zone, that is limited. 171However, you just say that in namesake to identify yourselves. 172This is this zone, this is this place.

143बाकी bākī bākī|bākī (but|others)अपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownको kō kō[postp.] toबेहद का bēhad kā bēhad kā[x] unlimitedसमझते हो samajhtē hō samajhnā[pres.pl.m.2] understand[pres.pl.m.2]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

173But you consider yourself to be of the unlimited, do you not?

144नियम niyam niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] lawभी bhī bhī[p.] tooरखने पड़ते हैं rakhnē paṛtē haĩ rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.oblig2] keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3.oblig2]. . . .

174You have to observe the disciplines.

145कई kaī kaī someऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसोचते हैं sōchtē haĩ sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] think[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisक्या kyā kyā whatबैज badge badge badgeलगाओ lagāō lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तभी tabhī tabhī xखाना khānā khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.])मिलेगा milēgā milnā[fut.m.sg.23] receive[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

175Some even think: What is this that you will only get some food when you put on a badge?

146आपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]खाने khānē khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.])पर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)तंग taṅg taṅg[adj.] xकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

176They create trouble over the meals, do they not?

147लेकिन lēkin lēkin butये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyपड़ता है paṛtā hai paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] fall[pres.sg.m.23]. . . . 148क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseकायदे kāydē kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] lawमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inफायदे phāydē fāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] profitहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

177But you have to do this, because there is benefit in the regulations.

149ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisबंधन bandhan bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bondageनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butविघ्नों vighnō̃ vighna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] obstacleसे sē sē[postp.] fromनिर्बन्धन nirbandhan nirbandhan[adj.] xबनाने banānē banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसाधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

178This is a not a bondage, but it is a means to make you free from obstacles where there are obstacles.

150ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisक्या kyā kyā whatनई naī nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] newबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterनिकाली-ये nikālī-yē x xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसोचना sōchnā sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] think[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

179Do not think: What is this new system? 180Your thoughts reach the Father.

151संकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtतो tō tō thenबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toपहुँचते हैं pahũchtē haĩ pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅. . . . 152लेकिन lēkin lēkin butमर्यादा maryādā maryādā[n.f.;sg.] code of conductपुरूषोत्तम purūṣhōttam purūṣhōttam[n.m.;sg.,d.] the most elevated humansआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youही hī hī[p.] onlyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅. . . .

181However, you are the ones who are marayada purshottam (ones who follow the most elevated code of conduct).

153या yā yā orसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyबड़ी baṛī baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] veryदादियां dādiyā̃ dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] Dadiमर्यादा maryādā maryādā[n.f.;sg.] code of conductपुरूषोत्तम purūṣhōttam purūṣhōttam[n.m.;sg.,d.] the most elevated humansहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youफ्री free free freeहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

182Or, is it just the senior Dadis who are maryada purshottam and you are free from this?

154मर्यादा maryādā maryādā[n.f.;sg.] code of conductपुरूषोत्तम purūṣhōttam purūṣhōttam[n.m.;sg.,d.] the most elevated humansअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isमर्यादा maryādā maryādā[n.f.;sg.] code of conductके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)अन्दर andar andar insideरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who, , , , चलने chalnē chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] continue[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

183So, to be maryada purshottam means to be one who follows all the maryadas and stays within the line of conduct; one who always say "Ha ji".

155हाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yesका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofपाठ pāṭh pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lessonपक्का pakkā pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] firmहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ? 156अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha !  !  !  !

184The lesson of "Ha ji" is made firm, is it not?

157और aur aur andजब jab jab whenकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterहो जाती है hō jātī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenहाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yesहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]या yā yā orना जी nā jī nā jī[x] noभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

185And when something happens, are you able to say, "Ha ji", or do you even say, "Na ji"?

158जब jab jab whenकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenहाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yesके बदले kē badlē kē badlē[x] instead ofफिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)ना जी nā jī nā jī[x] noमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inइतने itnē itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchपक्के pakkē pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] firmहो जाते हैं hō jātē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकहे kahē kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23])तो भी tō bhī tō bhī[x] ∅नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसुनेंगे sunē̃gē sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

186When something happens, then from saying "Ha ji", you become so firm in "Na ji" that even if Baba were to tell you something, you would not listen to Him.

159जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeस्थापना sthāpanā sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] establishmentमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजब jab jab whenछोटे chhōṭē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] small­ ­ ­ ­छोटे chhōṭē chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] smallबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childआये āyē ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.])तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaउन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatको kō kō[postp.] toपाठ pāṭh pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lessonपक्का pakkā pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] firmकराने karānē karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]हमेशा hamēśhā hamēśhā xकहते kahtē kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]रहे rahē rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.])कि ki ki[conj.] thatना nā nā ∅करना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]माना mānā mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.])नास्तिक nāstik nāstik[adj.] atheist, , , , हाँ hā̃ hā̃ yesकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]माना mānā mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.])आस्तिक āstik āstik[adj.] theist. . . .

187When the little children came at the beginning of the establishment, to make this lesson firm for them, BapDada always used to say: To say no means to be an atheist and to say yes means to be a theist.

160तो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसब sab sab[adj.] allकौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] whoहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

188So, who are all of you?

161आस्तिक āstik āstik[adj.] theistहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

189Are you theists?

162नास्तिक nāstik nāstik[adj.] atheistतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

190You are not atheists, are you?

163कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] ever­ ­ ­ ­कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everबन जाते हो ban jātē hō bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā]. . . .

191Do you sometimes become this?

164खेल khēl khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] (play|play[root])करते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] !  !  !  !

192You play games.

165माया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooनॉलेजफुल knowledgeful knowledgeful knowledgefulहो गये hō gayē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] !  !  !  ! 166क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनॉलेजफुल knowledgeful knowledgeful knowledgefulहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

193You have become knowledge­full of Maya, because Maya is also knowledge­full.

167गिराने girānē girānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaनॉलेजफुल knowledgeful knowledgeful knowledgefulहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andउड़ने uṛnē uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] fly[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youनॉलेजफुल knowledgeful knowledgeful knowledgefulहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

194Maya is knowledge­full in making you fall and you are knowledge­full in flying.

168तो tō tō thenमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदेखती है dēkhtī hai dēkhnā[pres.sg.f.23] see[pres.sg.f.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatइसकी iskī yah[pn.sg.kī] this[.kī]उड़ान uṛān uṛān[n.f.;sg.] flightथोड़ी thōṛī thōṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] shortनीचे nīchē nīchē down­ ­ ­ ­ऊपर ūpar ūpar overहो गई है hō gaī hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenदेख dēkh dēkhnā[root] see[root]करके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]वार vār|war vār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|war (x|war)करती है kartī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.23] do[pres.sg.f.23]. . . . 169और aur aur andआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youनॉलेजफुल knowledgeful knowledgeful knowledgefulहोने hōnē hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] be[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseजान जाते हो jān jātē hō jānnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] know[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā], , , , तो tō tō thenहार hār hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] (x|x[root])नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notखाते हो khātē hō khānā[pres.pl.m.2] eat[pres.pl.m.2]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहार hār hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] (x|x[root])गले galē galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपड़ा paṛā paṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] fall[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

195So, Maya also sees when your flight is fluctuating a little, and when she sees this, she attacks you. 196However, because you are knowledge­full, you know in advance and so are not defeated; you are garlanded with the garland of victory. 197Is there a garland of victory around everyone's neck?

170सबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sगले galē galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inविजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)माला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] ever­ ­ ­ ­कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everउतार देते हो utār dētē hō utārnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] x[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] ?  ?  ?  ? 171अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

198Do you have it or do you sometimes take it off? 199Achcha. 200Are those sitting at the back enjoying themselves?

172पीछे pīchhē pīchhē xवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

201Those sitting at the back have chairs.

173यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)ही hī hī[p.] onlyएरिया area area xहुई huī hōnā[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.]ना nā nā ∅, , , , तो tō tō thenसिवाए sivāē sivāē exceptमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)और aur aur andकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereइतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryमेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairहो सकता है hō saktā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?  ?  ?  ? 174नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])सकता saktā saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

202The ones at the back are also visible. 203This is also Madhuban's area, is it not? 204And so, can such a huge mela take place anywhere else except in Madhuban?

175तो tō tō thenमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]बेहद का bēhad kā bēhad kā[x] unlimitedघर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] home. . . .

205It cannot, can it? 206So, what is Madhuban.

176यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereसब sab sab[adj.] allबेहद bēhad bēhad[adj.] unlimitedहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andऔर aur aur andजगह jagah jagah[n.f.;sg.] xफिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessसब sab sab[adj.] allदेखना पड़ता है dēkhnā paṛtā hai dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] see[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2]और aur aur andयहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thoughtकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]. . . .

207It is the unlimited home. 208Here, everything is unlimited, and everywhere else, everything has to be considered.

177तो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughपरमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulमेले mēlē mēlā[x] fairमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपहुँच गये pahũch gayē pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]. . . .

209Here, when you have a thought, it happens practically. 210It happened, did it not?

178जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)बारी bārī bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xइस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisकल्प kalp kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatहाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

211So each of you has arrived at the Godly mela through your own fortune.

179 ( ( ( (करीब karīb karīb nearly13-14 13-14 13-14 13-14हजार hajār hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] 1000भाई bhāī bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.])बहिनों bahinō̃ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सभा sabhā sabhā[n.f.;sg.] courtहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , उसमें usmē̃ vah[pn.sg.mē̃] that[.mē̃]बहुत bahut bahut veryसे sē sē[postp.] fromनये nayē nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] newभाई bhāī bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] (brother|be liked[past-part.f.])­ ­ ­ ­बहिनें bahinē̃ bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]) ) ) ) अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , टी T T x. . . .वी we|V we|V (x). . . .में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inदेख रहे हो dēkh rahē hō dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] see[pres.pl.m.prog.2]. . . .

212All those who have come here for the first time this kalpa, raise your hands. 213It is good. 214You are seeing all this on the T.V.

180ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]मैजारिटी majority majority majorityसाइन्स science science scienceके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)साधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] now­ ­ ­ ­अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowनिकले हैं nikalē haĩ nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

215Look, the majority of the facilities of science have been invented recently.

181कुछ kuchh kuchh anythingवर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearपहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisसाइन्स science science scienceके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)साधन sādhan sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] facilitiesभी bhī bhī[p.] tooनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notथे thē hōnā[past.pl] be[past.pl]. . . .

216A few years ago, these facilities of science did not exist.

182लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकिसके kiskē kaun[pn.sg.kē] who[.kē]लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]निकले हैं nikalē haĩ nikalnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be extracted[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

217For whom have they been invented?

183आपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

218For you.

184बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसाइन्स science science scienceवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toमुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . . 185क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childउससे ussē vah[pn.sg.sē] that[.sē]सुख sukh sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] happinessतो tō tō thenले रहे हैं lē rahē haĩ lēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] take[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

219BapDada is congratulating the scientists, because Baba's children are experiencing happiness from that, and it seems so good.

186तो tō tō thenकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soअच्छा लग रहा है achchhā lag rahā hai achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] enjoy. . . .

220However, what does BapDada wish now?

187लेकिन lēkin lēkin butबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaअब ab ab[adv.] nowक्या kyā kyā whatचाहते हैं chāhtē haĩ chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

221How many years is it since the establishment?

188स्थापना sthāpanā sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] establishmentहुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]कितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soवर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearहो गये hō gayē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ? 189डायमण्ड जुबली diamond jubilee diamond jubilee[x] xमनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)तैयारी taiyārī taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xकर रहे हो kar rahē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] do[pres.pl.m.prog.2]. . . .

222You are now making preparations for celebrating the diamond jubilee.

190तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childको kō kō[postp.] toराजा rājā rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childकहा kahā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] say[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना nā nā ∅, , , , सब sab sab[adj.] allराजा rājā rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

223BapDada has called all of you children the crown princes. 224All of you are kings.

191राजा rājā rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingतख्त takht takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] throneनशीन naśhīn naśhīn[adj.] seatedहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

225So, where do you sit every day? 226On the throne.

192राज्य की rājya kī rājya karnā[past-part.f.] xनिशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signताज tāj tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] crown, , , , तख्त takht takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] throneऔर aur aur andतिलक tilak tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] tilakहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

227A king is seated on a throne, is he not? 228So, all of you are crown princes.

193तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaइस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisवर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inचाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])नय्ो nayō x xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])पुराने-अगर purānē-agar x xनये nayē nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] newभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो tō tō thenसमाप्ति samāpti samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] completionका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeतो tō tō thenनयों nayō̃ nayā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] newके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenपुरानों purānō̃ purānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] oldके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooसमीप samīp samīp[adj.] closeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

229So, the signs of a kingdom are a crown, a throne and a tilak. 230So this year, whether you are new or old, the time for completion is close for the new ones as well as the old.

194ऐसे नहीं aisē nahī̃ aisē nahī̃[x] it isn't thatसमझना samajhnā samajhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] understand[inf.m.sg.d.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहमारे hamārē ham[pn.pl.kē] we[.kē]को kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] too60 60 60 60वर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearशायद śhāyad śhāyad perhapsमिलने हैं milnē haĩ milnā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] receive[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1]. . . .

231Do not think that perhaps you will also get sixty years.

195नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , आपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]मेकप make up make up make upकरना है karnā hai karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

232No, you have to make up that time.

196अगर agar agar ifलास्ट last last lastआये हो āyē hō ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] come[pres-perf.pl.m.2]तो tō tō thenफास्ट fast fast fastजाना है jānā hai jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]). . . .

233If you have come last, you have to go fast.

197लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसम्पन्न sampann sampann[adj.] fullहोने hōnē hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] be[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] of, , , , समाप्ति samāpti samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] completionका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeसबका sabkā sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] everyone'sएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]इसलिये isliyē isliē thereforeचाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])नये nayē nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] newहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])या yā yā orपुराने purānē purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] oldहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butमैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iस्वराज्य अधिकारी svarājya adhikārī svarājya adhikārī[x] self-sovereignआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulहूँ-सदा hū̃-sadā x xस्मृति smr̥iti smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] awarenessका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofतिलक tilak tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] tilakलगा lagā lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x)हुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

234However, whether you are new or old, the time for completion and becoming perfect is the same for all. 235I am a self­sovereign soul; the tilak of this awareness is constantly applied. 236It is not that it is sometimes erased and sometimes applied.

198कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everमिट जाये miṭ jāyē miṭnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be rubbed off[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā], , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everलगा lagā lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x)हुआ हो huā hō hōnā[x] be[x]… … … … . . . .

237No. 238To be a ruler means to have a tilak.

199नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , राज्य अधिकारी rājya adhikārī rājya adhikārī[x] masterअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isतिलकधारी-इस tilakadhārī-is x xस्मृति smr̥iti smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] awarenessका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofतिलक tilak tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] tilakअविनाशी avināśhī avināśhī[adj.] imperishableरहे rahē rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]), , , , साधारण sādhāraṇ sādhāraṇ[adj.] ordinaryनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

239The tilak of this awareness should remain eternally. 240It should not be ordinary.

200मैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iतिलकधारी tilakdhārī tilakdhārī[adj.] xहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1], , , , मैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldकल्याण kalyāṇ kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] benefitके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)जिम्मेवारी jimmēvārī zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] responsibilityका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofताजधारी tājdhārī tājdhārī[adj.] crownedहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1]. . . .

241I am one who has a tilak; I am wearing the crown of responsibility of being a world benefactor.

201कितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldकल्याणकारी kalyāṇkārī kalyāṇkārī[adj.] beneficialहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

242The world is so huge and all of you are world benefactors.

202अकेला akēlā akēlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aloneबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 203बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)साथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companionआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

243The Father alone is not this; together with the Father, all of you are this.

204तो tō tō thenविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldकल्याण kalyāṇ kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] benefitकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)जिम्मेवारी jimmēvārī zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] responsibilityके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)ताजधारी tājdhārī tājdhārī[adj.] crownedऔर aur aur andसदा sadā sadā constantlyबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)दिलतख्तनशीन diltakhtanaśhīn diltakhtanaśhīn[adj.] seated on the heart throne. . . . 205नीचे nīchē nīchē downनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआना ānā ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x). . . .

244So, you are the ones who have the crown of responsibility of world benefit and are constantly seated on Baba's heart­throne.

206सदा sadā sadā constantlyतख्तनशीन takhtnaśhīn takhtnaśhīn[adj.] seated on the throne. . . . 207वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatबहुत bahut bahut veryप्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , लाडले lāḍlē lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenमाँ mā̃ mā̃[n.f.;sg.] mother­ ­ ­ ­बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherउनको unkō vah[pn.pl.kō] that[.kō]मिट्टी miṭṭī miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mudमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजाने jānē jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23])नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notदेते dētē dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.], , , , धरनी dharnī dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (adopt[inf.f.]|earth)पर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)पांव pāṅw pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] footरखने rakhnē rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] keep[inf.m.pl.,o.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notदेते dētē dēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] give[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

245Do not ever come down, constantly be seated on the throne. 246Generally also, parents do no tallow their beloved, most loved children to go into the dirt. 247They do not allow them to step on the ground.

208तो tō tō thenआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youकितने kitnē kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] soलाडले lāḍlē lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) !  !  !  !

248So, you are all so beloved.

209लाडले lāḍlē lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])या yā yā orऔर aur aur andआने ānē ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x)वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

249Or, are there others to come?

210आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

250No, you are this.

211तो tō tō thenतख्त takht takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] throneको kō kō[postp.] toछोड़ chhōṛ chhōṛnā[root] renounce[root]करके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]साधारण sādhāraṇ sādhāraṇ[adj.] ordinaryस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] form, , , , साधारण sādhāraṇ sādhāraṇ[adj.] ordinaryसंकल्प saṅkalp saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] thought… … … … इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisमिट्टी miṭṭī miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mudमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inया yā yā orधरनी dharnī dharnā[inf.f.]|dharnī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (adopt[inf.f.]|earth)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपांव pāṅw pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] footनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notरखो rakhō rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

251So, do not get off the throne and put your feet on the ground of having an ordinary form and ordinary thoughts.

212बुद्धि buddhi buddhi[n.f.;sg.] intellectरूपी rūpī rūpī[adj.] in the form ofपांव pāṅw pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] footसदा sadā sadā constantlyतख्तनशीन takhtnaśhīn takhtnaśhīn[adj.] seated on the throneहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

252The foot of the intellect should always be seated on the throne.

213परमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

253You are the children of the Supreme Father.

214महात्मा mahātmā mahātmā[n.f.;sg.] great soul, , , , धर्मात्मा dharmātmā dharm-ātmā[adj.] xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , परम param param[adj.] Supremeआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)हो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

254You are not the children of any mahatma or any dharmatma, but of the Parmatma.

215अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतो tō tō thenसब sab sab[adj.] allनशे naśhē naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] intoxicationमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatतो tō tō thenदिखाई दे रहा है dikhāī dē rahā hai dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] be visibleलेकिन lēkin lēkin butसदा sadā sadā constantlyरहेगा rahēgā rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] remain[fut.m.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

255All of you are in very good intoxication at the moment; it is visible, but this will remain eternally, will it not?

216कि ki ki[conj.] thatथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortरहेगा rahēgā rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] remain[fut.m.sg.23]फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)युद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)विजय vijay vijay[n.m.;sg.,d.] victoryप्राप्त prāpt prāpt[adj.] reachedकरेंगे-ऐसे karēṅgē-aisē x xतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not ?  ?  ?  ?

256Or, will it remain for a little while and then you will battle and attain victory? 257It is not like that, is it?

217ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])या yā yā orक्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

258Are you Brahmins or warriors? 259What are you?

218ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

260You are Brahmins.

219क्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , युद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2] ?  ?  ?  ?

261You are not warriors. 262Do you battle?

220कि ki ki[conj.] thatकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminबन जाते हो ban jātē hō bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā], , , , कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everक्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xबन जाते हो ban jātē hō bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

263Or, do you sometimes become a Brahmin and sometimes a warrior?

221अगर agar agar ifमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaसे sē sē[postp.] fromयुद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleकरनी पड़ती है karnī paṛtī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2]तो tō tō thenक्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहुए huē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . . 222ब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminमाना mānā mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.])विजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious और aur aur andक्षत्रिय kṣhatriya kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमाना mānā mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.])युद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

264If you have to battle with Maya, then understand: To be a Brahmin means to be victorious and to be a warrior means to battle.

223बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toतो tō tō thenकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] ever­ ­ ­ ­कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)बहुत bahut bahut veryरहम rahm rahm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mercy आता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23], , , , बैठते baiṭhtē baiṭhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sit[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]योग yōg yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] yogaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andकरते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]युद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] !  !  !  !

265BapDada sometimes has a lot of mercy for the children. 266They sit down for yoga and are battling at that time.

224कहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneघण्टे ghaṇṭē ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hourयोग yōg yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] yogaलगाया lagāyā lagānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] attach[past-part.m.sg.d.]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneघण्टे ghaṇṭē ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hourमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inयुद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeचली chalī chalnā[past-part.f.] continue[past-part.f.]और aur aur andयोग yōg yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] yogaकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeरहा rahā rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) ?  ?  ?  ?

267They say that they had yoga for one hour, but in that one hour for how long did you battle and for how long did you have yoga?

225अगर agar agar ifकिसी kisī kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] (anything|some)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooकारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseसे sē sē[postp.] fromअनुभूति anubhūti anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] experienceनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23]तो tō tō thenअवश्य avaśhya avaśhya xही hī hī[p.] onlyयुद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)स्टेज stage stage stageहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

268If you do not experience anything for any reason, it is definitely the stage of battling.

226बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaकहते kahtē kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-योगी haĩ-yōgī x xबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andबन जाते हैं ban jātē haĩ bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]योद्धे yōddhē yōddhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] warriorबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] child !  !  !  !

269BapDada says that you are the yogi children and instead you become the warriors.

227कब kab kab whenतक tak tak untilयुद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

270For how long will you battle?

228अन्त ant ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] endतक tak tak untilयुद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !  !  !  !

271Till the end? 272Will you battle till the end?

229छुट्टी chhuṭṭī chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] permissionदे dē dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23])दें-भले dē̃-bhalē x xयुद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

273Should Baba give you permission to battle?

230छुट्टी chhuṭṭī chhuṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] permissionचाहिए chāhiē chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ?  ?  ?  ?

274Do you want this permission?

231नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should ?  ?  ?  ?

275Do you?

232फिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)करते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]क्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ whyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

276Then why are you battling?

233कमज़ोर kamzōr kamjōr[adj.] weakहो जाते हो hō jātē hō hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaइतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchअधीन adhīn adhīn[adj.] dependentबना देती है banā dētī hai bannā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] (become[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā])जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatचाहते chāhtē chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकर लेते हो kar lētē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] do[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā]. . . .

277You become so weak, and so Maya makes you so dependent that you battle even when you do not wish to, just like a weak servant.

234जैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] some­ ­ ­ ­कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someसर्वेन्ट servant servant servantबहुत bahut bahut veryभोले bhōlē bhōlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] innocentहोते हैं hōtē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenमालिक mālik mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] masterउसे usē vah[pn.sg.kō] that[.kō]अधीन adhīn adhīn[adj.] dependentबना लेते हैं banā lētē haĩ banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā], , , , सर्वेन्ट servant servant servantजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकर kar karnā[root] do[root]सकता saktā saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]उसके uskē uskā[pn.sg.kē] of that[.kē]लिए liē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooमालिक mālik mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] masterकहता है kahtā hai kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] say[pres.sg.m.23]करो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , नहीं तो nahī̃ tō nahī̃ tō[x] otherwiseनौकरी naukrī naukrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] workक्यों kyō̃ kyō̃ whyकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]. . . .

278Nowadays, most of them are very brave, but some servants are very innocent. 279Some masters tell the servants to do something which they are not able to do. 280Otherwise, they say: What are you doing here? 281They make them dependent.

235माया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchकरती है kartī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.23] do[pres.sg.f.23], , , , आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youचाहते chāhtē chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकमज़ोर kamzōr kamjōr[adj.] weakहोने hōnē hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] be[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कारण kāraṇ kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] becauseमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)अधीन adhīn adhīn[adj.] dependentबनना पड़ता है bannā paṛtā hai bannā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] become[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2]. . . .

282So Maya also does the same. 283You do not wish this, but because of being weak, you have to remain dependent on Maya.

236तो tō tō thenउस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeयोगी yōgī yōgī[x] yogiहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])या yā yā orयोद्धे yōddhē yōddhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] warriorहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

284At that time, are you yogis or warriors?

237योगी yōgī yōgī[x] yogiतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

285You cannot be called yogis.

238तो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaयही yahī yahī[pn.;d.] thisचाहते हैं chāhtē haĩ chāhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहर एक har ēk har ēk[x] each oneबच्चा bachchā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] childयोगी yōgī yōgī[x] yogiबच्चा bachchā bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] childहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]), , , , युद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleवाला vālā vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] those whoनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

286So BapDada wishes that each child becomes a yogi child, not a child who battles. 287BapDada does not like to see the children labouring in battling.

239बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)युद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलगती lagtī lagnā[pres-part.f.] x[pres-part.f.]. . . .

288You are the Godly children who constantly stay in enjoyment and pleasure, not those who have to labour in battling.

240परमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childतो tō tō thenसदा sadā sadā constantlyमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , मजे majē mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pleasureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , युद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

289So what will you become? 290Yogi children or warrior children? 291You will become yogis, will you not? 292What will those at the back become?

241तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

293You will become yogis.

242योगी yōgī yōgī[x] yogiबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childया yā yā orयोद्धे yōddhē yōddhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] warriorबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] child ?  ?  ?  ?

294And what will the Shaktis become?

243योगी yōgī yōgī[x] yogiबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]या yā yā orथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortयुद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

295Will you become yogis or do you like battling a little? 296And what about the Pandavs?

244कहने kahnē kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] say[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenहाँ hā̃ hā̃ yes­ ­ ­ ­हाँ hā̃ hā̃ yesकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]और aur aur andजब jab jab whenकरते हो kartē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] do[pres.pl.m.2]तो tō tō thenउस us vah[pn.sg.o.] thatसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeफोटो phōṭō photo photographनिकलता है nikaltā hai nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] be extracted[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

297Are you yogis or do you battle a little also? 298At the moment, you are saying, "Yes, yes". 299And when you say this, a photograph is being taken.

245तो tō tō thenइस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisवर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofचार्ट chart chart chartहो-सदा hō-sadā x xराज्य अधिकारी rājya adhikārī rājya adhikārī[x] master. . . .

300And so this year, everyone's chart should be one of being a ruler.

246अधीनता adhīnatā adhīntā[n.f.;sg.] xसमाप्त samāpt samāpt[adj.] finished. . . .

301Your dependence should finish.

24763 63 63 63जन्म janm janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] (life|be born[root])तो tō tō thenअधीन adhīn adhīn[adj.] dependentरहे rahē rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.])ना nā nā ∅, , , , अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneजन्म janm janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] (life|be born[root])अधिकारी adhikārī adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] (one) who has a rightबनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23], , , , उसमें usmē̃ vah[pn.sg.mē̃] that[.mē̃]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooअधीन adhīn adhīn[adj.] dependentरहेंगे rahē̃gē rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3]क्या kyā kyā what ?  ?  ?  ?

302You remained subservient for sixty­three births. 303Now you have received this one birth to claim all rights, and so will you remain subservient even in this one birth?

248अधीन adhīn adhīn[adj.] dependentबनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneजन्म janm janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] (life|be born[root])और aur aur andएक्स्ट्रा extra extra extraदे दें dē dē̃ dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] give[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā], , , , मजा majā mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pleasureले लो lē lō lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā]. . . .

304Should you be given one more birth, so that you experience the pleasure of being subservient?

249नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should !  !  !  !

305Do you not want this?

250अधिकार adhikār adhikār[x] rightतो tō tō thenमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyअधिकार adhikār adhikār[x] rightको kō kō[postp.] toसम्भालो sambhālō sambhālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] be careful[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

306You have been given all rights; simply look after your rights.

251अलबेले albēlē albēlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] carelessनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनो banō bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , कमज़ोर kamzōr kamjōr[adj.] weakनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनो banō bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

307Do not become careless. 308Do not become weak. 309What do you say?

252कहने kahnē kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] say[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]क्या kyā kyā whatकहते हो kahtē hō kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] say[pres.pl.m.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatमैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iमास्टर master master masterसर्वशक्तिमान sarvśhaktimān sarvśhaktimān[adj.] almighty authoritiesहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1]. . . .

310"I am a master almighty authority". 311Does anyone ever say: I am a master weak one? 312But what do you become?

253कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someकहता है kahtā hai kahnā[pres.sg.m.23] say[pres.sg.m.23]मैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iमास्टरकमज़ोर māsṭarakamazōr x xहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1] ?  ?  ?  ?

313Master almighty authority and weak. 314Do you like this?

254लेकिन lēkin lēkin butबनते bantē bannā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] become[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]क्या kyā kyā whatहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

315You do not like this, do you?

255मास्टर master master masterसर्वशक्तिमान sarvśhaktimān sarvśhaktimān[adj.] almighty authoritiesऔर aur aur andकमज़ोर kamzōr kamjōr[adj.] weak !  !  !  !

316You do not like to even hear of it.

256तो tō tō thenअच्छा लगता है achchhā lagtā hai achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] enjoy ?  ?  ?  ?

317So what will you do?

257सुनना sunnā sunnā[inf.m.sg.d.] listen[inf.m.sg.d.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलगता lagtā lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] !  !  !  !

318What will be the result of this year?

258तो tō tō thenइस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisवर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)रिजल्ट result result resultमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

319Only then will you be said to have changed from golden to diamond.

259अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतो tō tō thenडायमण्ड जुबली diamond jubilee diamond jubilee[x] xमनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)तैयारी taiyārī taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xकर रहे हो kar rahē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] do[pres.pl.m.prog.2]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

320So you are making preparations to celebrate the diamond jubilee, are you not?

260आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमनायेंगे manāyēṅgē manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3]या yā yā orजिनको jinkō jō[pn.pl.kō] that[.kō]60 60 60 60वर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearहुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatमनायेंगे manāyēṅgē manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

321Will you also celebrate it or will only those who have been here for sixty years celebrate it?

261क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisस्थापना sthāpanā sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] establishmentकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)डायमण्ड जुबली diamond jubilee diamond jubilee[x] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

322This is the diamond jubilee of the establishment.

262तो tō tō thenस्थापना sthāpanā sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] establishmentमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])या yā yā orनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not ?  ?  ?  ?

323So, are all of you part of the establishment or not?

263क्योकि kyōki kyōṅki becauseअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतो tō tō thenमिक्स mix mix xआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3], , , , कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someतो tō tō thenदो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])­ ­ ­ ­चार chār chār[adj.] fourवर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someदो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])­ ­ ­ ­चार chār chār[adj.] fourमास mās mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] (month|x)के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butडायमण्ड जुबली diamond jubilee diamond jubilee[x] xसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseस्थापना sthāpanā sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] establishmentकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)डायमण्ड जुबली diamond jubilee diamond jubilee[x] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

324There are some who are only two to four months old. 325At present, mixed ages have come. 326So, those who are two to four years have come, those who are two to four months have come, but it is everyone's diamond jubilee, because it is the diamond jubilee of the establishment.

264तो tō tō thenधूमधाम dhūmdhām dhūmdhām[n.f.;sg.] a lot of pomp and joyसे sē sē[postp.] fromमनायेंगे manāyēṅgē manānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] celebrate[fut.m.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

327So you will celebrate it with a lot of splendour, will you not?

265मनाने manānē manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.]का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअर्थ arth|earth arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth (meaning|earth)क्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

328What does it mean to celebrate?

266कांफ्रेंसकरना kāmphrē̃sakaranā x x, , , , प्रोग्राम programme programme programmeकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

329To have a conference, to have a programme, or to become something?

267मनाना manānā manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.]अर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andबनाना banānā banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] create[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

330To celebrate means to become and to make others the same also.

268सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyमनाना manānā manānā[inf.m.sg.d.] celebrate[inf.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , बनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

331Do not simply celebrate, but become the same also.

269देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allइस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisसीजन season season seasonके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)समाप्ति samāpti samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] completionमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभोग bhōg bhōg[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhōgnā[root] (x|experience[root])डालने ḍālnē ḍālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] create[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soulहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]). . . .

332Look, all of you are the souls who are offering bhog at the end of the season. 333You have received such a good chance.

270तो tō tō thenकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaचांस chance chance chanceमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . . 271तो tō tō thenमेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaलगा lagā lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) ?  ?  ?  ?

334Achcha, are there souls sitting till the very end of the tent or is there still some space?

272अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sउलहने ulahanē x xतो tō tō thenपूरे pūrē pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] fullहो गये hō gayē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

335There is a little space. 336So, did you enjoy the mela?

273चांस chance chance chanceनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notमिलता miltā milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.], , , , चांस chance chance chanceनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notमिलता-ये milatā-yē x xउलहना ulahnā ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] complaintतो tō tō thenपूरा pūrā pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fullहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

337Now, the complaints of all of you have finished, have they not? 338Now the complaint of not being given a chance is finished, is it not?

274देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , बच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereबच्चे bachchē bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] childवहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereआना पड़ा ānā paṛā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2] come[past-part.m.sg.d..oblig2]. . . . 275क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherजानते हैं jāntē haĩ jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] know[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatआधा ādhā ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] halfकल्प kalp kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleबच्चों bachchō̃ bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] childने nē nē[postp.] ∅याद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceकिया-आओ kiyā-āō x x­ ­ ­ ­आओ āō ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

339Look, because of love for the children, Baba had to come where the children are, because Baba knows that children have been remembering Him for half a kalpa: Come, come.

276बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherतो tō tō thenअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)आये āyē ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]), , , , आपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]चिल्लाने chillānē chillānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] cry[inf.m.pl.,o.]पर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआये āyē ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसुनते suntē sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

340Baba came at His own time. 341He did not come when you cried out for Him, but at least He heard you.

277तो tō tō thenआपने āpnē āp[pn.pl.nē] you[.nē]आधाकल्प ādhākalp ādhākalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] for half a cycleकहा kahā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] say[past-part.m.sg.d.]आओ āō ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]­ ­ ­ ­आओ āō ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]और aur aur andबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherने nē nē[postp.] ∅अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowकहा kahā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] say[past-part.m.sg.d.]मेले mēlē mēlā[x] fairमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआओ āō ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]­ ­ ­ ­आओ āō ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

342So, for half a kalpa, you said to Baba: Come, come. 343And Baba has now said to all of you to come to the mela at this time.

278सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?  ?  ?  ?

344Are all of you happy?

279सब sab sab[adj.] allतन्दुरूस्त tandurūsta tandarūst[adj.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])या yā yā orबीमार bīmār bīmār[adj.] those who are illभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someटेन्ट tent tent xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसोया sōyā sōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sleep[past-part.m.sg.d.]हुआ है huā hai hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

345Are all of you in good health, or are there some in the tents who are ill?

280आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youतो tō tō thenयहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereबैठे baiṭhē baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23])हुए हैं huē haĩ hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]और aur aur andआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]साथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companion ?  ?  ?  ?

346You are sitting here, but what about your companions?

281कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

347There is no one.

282इससे issē yah[pn.sg.sē] this[.sē]सिद्ध siddha siddh[adj.] successfulहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]सब sab sab[adj.] allइतने itnē itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchतन्दुरूस्त tandurūsta tandarūst[adj.] xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]माना mānā mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.])ब्रह्मा भोजन brahmā bhōjan brahmā bhōjan[x] Brahma bhojanबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

348This proves that all of you have such good health, which means that you have received very good Brahma bhojan.

283अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतो tō tō thenफिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]नीचे nīchē nīchē downसोने sōnē sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] (sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.]|gold)का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofप्रबन्ध prabandh prabandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] arrangementमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]आगे āgē āgē previouslyचलकर chalkar chalnā[abs.] continue[abs.]विनाश vināśh vināśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] destructionके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)समय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeहो सकता है hō saktā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]बांहों bā̃hō̃ bā̃h[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] armको kō kō[postp.] toही hī hī[p.] onlyतकिया takiyā takiyā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] xबनाना पड़े banānā paṛē banānā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] create[opt.sg.23.oblig2]. . . .

349Now, at least you have the facilities of sleeping on the ground, but at the time of destruction, it is possible that you may have to make your arms your pillows.

284मिट्टी miṭṭī miṭṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mudपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)आराम ārām ārām[x] comfortसे sē sē[postp.] fromसो जायेंगे sō jāyēṅgē sōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] sleep[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā], , , , अगर agar agar ifपत्थर patthar patthar[adj.] stone­ ­ ­ ­कंकड़ kaṅkaṛ kaṅkaṛ[n.m.;sg.,d.] stoneलगेंगे lagē̃gē lagnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenसाफ कर लेंगे sāph kar lē̃gē sāph karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] x, , , , किनारे kinārē kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] xकर लेंगे kar lē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+lēnā]. . . .

350You will be able to sleep comfortably on the ground. 351If there are any stones or pebbles, you will clear that space, you will move it aside.

285अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतो tō tō thenबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅देखा dēkhā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[past-part.m.sg.d.], , , , बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅चक्कर chakkar chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] cycleलगाया है lagāyā hai lagānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] attach[pres-perf.sg.m.23], , , , बहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaप्रबन्ध prabandh prabandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] arrangementकिया है kiyā hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] do[pres-perf.sg.m.23]और aur aur andउसमें usmē̃ vah[pn.sg.mē̃] that[.mē̃]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooगुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toपदमगुणा padamguṇā padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] multimillion-foldमुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulations. . . .

352At present, BapDada went around and saw that very good arrangements have been made. 353And for that, multimillion times congratulations to those from Gujarat.

286बहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaकिया है kiyā hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] do[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

354You have done this very well.

287दिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसे sē sē[postp.] fromमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]. . . .

355You have worked hard from your heart.

288तो tō tō thenजिन्होंने jinhōnnē jō[pn.pl.nē] that[.nē]दिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसे sē sē[postp.] fromमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]उनको unkō vah[pn.pl.kō] that[.kō]बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaमेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)पदम padam padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] multimillionगुणा guṇā guṇā foldमोहब्बत mōhabbat muhabbat[n.f.;sg.] loveदे रहे हैं dē rahē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

356So BapDada is giving multimillion­fold love to all those who have worked hard.

289हाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your handsजिन्होंने jinhōnnē jō[pn.pl.nē] that[.nē]सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentबनकर bankar bannā[abs.] become[abs.]सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

357All those who have served as instruments, raise your hands!

290गुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoने nē nē[postp.] ∅की है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

358Those from Gujarat have done this, have they not?

291गुजरात gujarāt gujarāt Gujaratवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoहाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

359Those from Gujarat, raise your hands.

292बहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]. . . .

360You have done very well.

293देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]पतली patlī patlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] slim­ ­ ­ ­पतली patlī patlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] slimरोटी rōṭī rōṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rotiतो tō tō thenमिलती हैं miltī haĩ milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3]. . . .

361Look, at least you get very thin chapatis.

294जली jalī jalnā[past-part.f.] x[past-part.f.]हुई huī hōnā[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.]तो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notमिलती miltī milnā[pres-part.f.] receive[pres-part.f.] ?  ?  ?  ?

362You are not getting burnt chapatis.

295बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaने nē nē[postp.] ∅रिजल्ट result result resultसुनी है sunī hai sunnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] listen[pres-perf.sg.f.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatब्रह्मा भोजन brahmā bhōjan brahmā bhōjan[x] Brahma bhojanबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaबनता है bantā hai bannā[pres.sg.m.23] become[pres.sg.m.23]. . . . 296अभ्यास abhyās abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] practiceतो tō tō thenहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅पट paṭ paṭ[adj.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसोने sōnē sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] (sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.]|gold)का kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] of !  !  !  !

363BapDada has heard the result that very good Brahma bhojan is prepared. 364It is good; at least you have developed the practice of sleeping on the floor.

297अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , गर्मी garmī garmī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] heatकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सीजन season season seasonमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअगर agar agar ifटेन्ट tent tent xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooउड़ गया uṛ gayā uṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] fly[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]तो tō tō thenहवा havā havā[n.f.;sg.] xके लिए kē liē kē liē[x] forछत chhat chhat[n.f.;sg.] roofखाली khālī khālī[adj.] emptyहो गई hō gaī hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] be[past-part.f..root+jānā]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

365If, in the hot season, the tents fly away or the roof of the tent flies away, it is to provide some air for you.

298नेचरल natural natural naturalखिड़कियाँ khiṛkiyā̃ khiṛkī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] windowबन गई ban gaī bannā[past-part.f..root+jānā] become[past-part.f..root+jānā]. . . .

366It becomes a natural window for you.

299लेकिन lēkin lēkin butदूसरे dūsrē dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] otherग्रुप group group groupको kō kō[postp.] toऐसा aisā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notमिलेगा milēgā milnā[fut.m.sg.23] receive[fut.m.sg.23], , , , उनके unkē vah[pn.pl.kē] that[.kē]लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]प्रबन्ध prabandh prabandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] arrangementअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

367However, the next group will not get this. 368For them, better facilities will be made.

300और aur aur andमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoने nē nē[postp.] ∅, , , , जिन्होंने jinhōnnē jō[pn.pl.nē] that[.nē]बहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaसहयोग sahyōg sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cooperationदिया diyā dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] give[past-part.m.sg.d.]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatहाथ उठाओ hāth uṭhāō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] raise your hands. . . .

369And all those from Madhuban who have given a lot of co­operation, raise your hands!

301मेहनत mēhnat mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] effortअच्छी achchhī achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchaकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key). . . .

370They must be sitting at the back.

302 ( ( ( (दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiने nē nē[postp.] ∅की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)) ) ) ) दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiतो tō tō thenनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . .

371They did a lot of hard work. 372(Dadi made a lot of effort.)

303दादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiको kō kō[postp.] toसारे sārē sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the wholeदिन din din[n.m.;sg.,d.] dayमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soमालायें mālāyē̃ mālā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] garlandपड़ती हैं paṛtī haĩ paṛnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] fall[pres.pl.f.12hon3] !  !  !  !

373Dadi is instrumental. 374How many garlands does Dadi receive each day?

304दुआओं duāō̃ duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] blessingकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मालायें mālāyē̃ mālā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] garlandएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneके पीछे kē pīchhē kē pīchhē[x] xएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneपड़ती हैं paṛtī haĩ paṛnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] fall[pres.pl.f.12hon3]जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatउतारनी utārnī utārnā[inf.f.] x[inf.f.]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notपड़ती paṛtī paṛnā[pres-part.f.] fall[pres-part.f.]. . . .

375The garlands of blessings are being put on, one after another, and they do not have to be taken off either.

305फूलों phūlō̃ phūl[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] flowerकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)10 10 10 10माला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandअगर agar agar ifगले galē galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपड़ गई paṛ gaī paṛnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] fall[past-part.f..root+jānā]तो tō tō thenगला galā galā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|galānā[root]|galnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (throat|x[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.])ही hī hī[p.] onlyथक जायेगा thak jāyēgā thaknā, phathaknā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] become desperate[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]और aur aur andये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisदुआओं duāō̃ duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] blessingकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)माला mālā mālā[n.f.;sg.] garlandकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soहल्की halkī halkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lightऔर aur aur andकितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soप्यारी pyārī pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lovingहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] !  !  !  !

376If there were ten garlands of flowers around the neck, the neck would become tired, and these garlands of blessings are so light and so lovely.

306जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xतो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allने nē nē[postp.] ∅सहयोग sahyōg sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cooperationदिया है diyā hai dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] give[pres-perf.sg.m.23], , , , बिना binā binā withoutसहयोग sahyōg sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cooperationके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someकार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोता hōtā hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . . 307सबको sabkō sabkō everythingहाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yesकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , करो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisसहयोग sahyōg sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cooperationका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहाथ hāth hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] handबढ़ाया baṛhāyā baṛhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] increase[past-part.m.sg.d.]तभी tabhī tabhī xये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisकार्य kārya kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] taskहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

377You who have done service ­ and, in fact, everyone has co­operated, nothing takes place without co­operation, everyone has to say, "Ha ji" ­ and when you do this, you extend the hand of co­operation, for only then is this task possible.

308अगर agar agar ifदो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])­ ­ ­ ­चार chār chār[adj.] fourभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसहयोगी sahyōgī sahyōgī[adj.] co-operativeना nā nā ∅ना nā nā ∅करते kartē karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenमेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])सकता saktā saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . . 309लेकिन lēkin lēkin butमधुबन madhuban madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] Madhubanवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoने nē nē[postp.] ∅, , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])तलहटी talahṭī talahṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoने nē nē[postp.] ∅, , , , चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])हॉस्पिटल hospital hospital hospitalवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoने nē nē[postp.] ∅वा vā vā orचारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)देश dēśh dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] landवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoने nē nē[postp.] ∅, , , , ज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoने nē nē[postp.] ∅भी bhī bhī[p.] tooमदद madad madad[n.f.;sg.] xकी है kī hai karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] do[pres-perf.sg.f.23]. . . .

378If even two or four co­operative people had said" No", the mela could not have taken place. 379But those from Madhuban, Talheti, the Hospital, those from all other lands, and from Gyan Sarovar have helped a lot.

310बलिहारी balihārī balihār, balihārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] surrenderज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key), , , , जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]भोजन bhōjan bhōjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] foodअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaमिला milā milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]). . . .

380The greatness is of Gyan Sarovar that you received good food.

311 ( ( ( (ज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofस्टीम steam steam steamसिस्टम system system xतथा tathā tathā andबड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryबर्तन bartan bartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] xआदि ādi ādi[adj.] etc.मेले mēlē mēlā[x] fairमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inयूज use use useहो रहे हैं hō rahē haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]) ) ) ) क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसबनेज्ञान sabanējñān x xसरोवर sarōvar sarōvar[n.m.;sg.,d.] Sarovarबनाया है banāyā hai banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] create[pres-perf.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅, , , , तो tō tō thenजो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatबीज bīj bīj[n.m.;sg.,d.] seedडाला ḍālā ḍālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] create[past-part.m.sg.d.]उसका uskā vah[pn.sg.kā] that[.kā]फल phal phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] fruitखा रहे हैं khā rahē haĩ khānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] eat[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . .

381(The steam system and the huge pots of Gyan Sarovar are being used for the mela.) 382All of you have created Gyan Sarovar and so you are eating the fruit of the seed you have sown.

312प्रत्यक्षफल pratyakṣhaphal pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅, , , , तो tō tō thenप्रत्यक्षफल pratyakṣhaphal pratyakṣhaphal[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमिला है milā hai milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]और aur aur andबना banā bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root])भी bhī bhī[p.] tooप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveसे sē sē[postp.] fromरहे हैं rahē haĩ rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

383This is practical, visible fruit. 384You have received visible fruit and you are eating it with a lot of love.

313जरा jarā zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooथकावट thakāvaṭ thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] tirednessके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)चिन्ह chinh chinh[n.m.;sg.,d.] symbolचेहरे chēhrē chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] faceपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

385There is not the slightest sign of tiredness on anyone's face.

314कमाल kamāl kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] xतो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

386This is the wonder!

315काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)करे karē karnā[opt.sg.23] do[opt.sg.23]और aur aur andप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveसे sē sē[postp.] fromकरें karē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3]. . . .

387To do something and to do it with love.

316घुटके ghuṭkē ghuṭkā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] xखाकर khākar khānā[abs.] eat[abs.]काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)करे karē karnā[opt.sg.23] do[opt.sg.23]तो tō tō thenवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatकाम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust), , , , काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

388To do something whilst choking is not worth anything.

317तो tō tō thenमेले mēlē mēlā[x] fairमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजब jab jab whenजाते हैं jātē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅तो tō tō thenकोई न कोई kōī na kōī kōī na kōī[x] one .. or anotherचीज़ chīz chīz[n.f.;sg.] thingनिशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signजरूर jarūr zarūr definitelyले जाते हैं lē jātē haĩ lē jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] carry. . . .

389When you go to a mela, you definitely take one or another sign of it with you.

318इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisपरमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulमेले mēlē mēlā[x] fairसे sē sē[postp.] fromक्या kyā kyā whatनिशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signले जायेंगे lē jāyēṅgē lē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] carry ?  ?  ?  ?

390What symbol will you take from this Godly mela.

319ताज tāj tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] crown, , , , तख्त takht takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] throneऔर aur aur andअविनाशी avināśhī avināśhī[adj.] imperishableतिलक tilak tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] tilakकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)निशानी niśhānī niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] signसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allसाथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inले जाना lē jānā lē jānā[x] carry. . . .

391Take the crown, the throne and the tilak; take them all with you.

320ऐसे नहीं aisē nahī̃ aisē nahī̃[x] it isn't thatकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatतीन tīn tīn[adj.] xचीजों chījō̃ chīz[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] thingमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसे sē sē[postp.] fromएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneचीज़रह cīzarah x xगई दो gaī dō jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+dēnā] go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+dēnā]साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withचली chalī chalnā[past-part.f.] continue[past-part.f.]. . . .

392Let it not be that out of the three things, you take two things with you and forget the third.

321यहीं yahī̃ yahī̃ xतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notछोड़कर chhōṛkar chhōṛnā[abs.] renounce[abs.]जायेंगे jāyēṅgē jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

393You will not leave it behind, will you?

322ले जाना lē jānā lē jānā[x] carryआता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

394Do you know how to take it back?

323एनाउन्स announce announce announceकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅सीजन season season seasonमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] in, , , , लॉस्ट lôsṭa x xप्रापर्टीरोजइकट्ठी prāparṭīrōjaikaṭṭhī x xहोती है hōtī hai hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] be[pres.sg.f.23], , , , तो tō tō thenऐसे नहीं aisē nahī̃ aisē nahī̃[x] it isn't thatछोड़कर chhōṛkar chhōṛnā[abs.] renounce[abs.]जाना jānā jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]). . . .

395During the season, "lost property" is announced every day, and so make sure you do not leave anything behind. 396I am a Brahmin soul.

324मैं maĩ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iब्राह्मण brāhmaṇ brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahminआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulहूँ hū̃ hōnā[pres.sg.1] be[pres.sg.1], , , , मै mai maĩ[pn.sg.d.] Iसर्वश्रेष्ठ sarvaśhrēṣhṭha sarvaśhrēṣhṭha[adj.] xभाग्यवान bhāgyavān bhāgyavān[x] fortunateआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulहूँ-इस hū̃-is x xनिश्चय niśhchay niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] faithऔर aur aur andनशे naśhē naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] intoxicationमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसदा sadā sadā constantlyही hī hī[p.] onlyरहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

397I am a most elevated fortunate soul. 398Constantly have this faith and intoxication: not just in your intellect, but in your practical activity and on your face.

325यह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisसिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyबुद्धि buddhi buddhi[n.f.;sg.] intellectमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])लेकिन lēkin lēkin butचलन chalan chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] behaviourऔर aur aur andचेहरे chēhrē chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] faceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inदिखाई दे dikhāī dē dikhāī dēnā[opt.sg.23] be visible, , , , जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]सम्पर्क samparka sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआये āyē ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.])वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatअनुभव anubhav anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] experienceकरे karē karnā[opt.sg.23] do[opt.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisसाधारण sādhāraṇ sādhāraṇ[adj.] ordinaryनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butन्यारे nyārē nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uniqueहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

399All those who come into contact with you should experience that you are not ordinary, but unique. 400And this uniqueness is most lovely. 401There should be spiritual uniqueness.

326और aur aur andअलौकिक alaukik alaukik[adj.] alokikन्यारापन nyārāpan nyārēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] separationही hī hī[p.] onlyतो tō tō thenप्यारा pyārā pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lovingलगता है lagtā hai lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

402Do you know how to become unique? 403People from all sides of Bharat have come.

327तो tō tō thenन्यारा nyārā nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uniqueबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]आता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ? 328भारत bhārat bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Bharatके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)चारों तरफ chārō̃ taraph chārō̃ taraph[x] everywhereसे sē sē[postp.] fromपहुँचे हैं pahũchē haĩ pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

404Have people come from everywhere or is there any place left out?

329सब sab sab[adj.] allतरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionसे sē sē[postp.] fromआये हैं āyē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3]या yā yā orकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someरह गया है rah gayā hai rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

405Souls have come from everywhere. 406All zones are here.

330सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allजोन zone zone zoneआ गये हैं ā gayē haĩ ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . . 331तो tō tō thenजैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeआने ānē ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inएवररेडी ever ready ever ready ever-readyहोकर hōkar hōnā[abs.] be[abs.]पहुँच गये pahũch gayē pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā], , , , ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchही hī hī[p.] onlyअगर agar agar ifबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaऑर्डर order order orderकरे karē karnā[opt.sg.23] do[opt.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneसेकण्ड second second secondमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inवापस vāpas vāpis, vāpas backघर ghar ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] homeजाने jānē jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23])की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)तैयारी taiyārī taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]तो tō tō thenकर सकते हो kar saktē hō karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ?  ?  ?  ?

407Just as you are ever­ready in coming here, you became ever­ready and arrived here, in the same way, if BapDada were to order you to make preparations to return home in one second, would you be able to do it?

332कि ki ki[conj.] thatयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembranceआयेगा āyēgā ānā[fut.m.sg.23] come[fut.m.sg.23]टेलीफोन telephone telephone xकर दें kar dē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] do[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā]कि ki ki[conj.] thatहम ham ham[pn.pl.] weजा रहे हैं jā rahē haĩ jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3], , , , प्रवृत्ति pravr̥itti pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] familleवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoयाद करेंगे yād karē̃gē yād karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] remember ?  ?  ?  ?

408Or, would you remember that you have to telephone someone to say that you are now going? 409Will your family remember you?

333ऐसी aisī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] suchप्रैक्टिस practice practice practiceकरो-एक karō-ēk x xसेकण्ड second second secondमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulशरीर śharīr śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyसे sē sē[postp.] fromपरे parē par otherहोने hōnē hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] be[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]एवररेडी ever ready ever ready ever-readyबन जाये ban jāyē bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]. . . .

410Have such a practice that the soul becomes ever­ready to become separated from the body in one second.

334क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseसबका sabkā sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] everyone'sवायदा vāydā vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] promiseहै-साथ hai-sāth x xचलेंगे chalē̃gē chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . . 335वायदा vāydā vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] promiseहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , कि ki ki[conj.] thatनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not ?  ?  ?  ?

411You have all made the promise that you will all return together.

336बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherचला जाये chalā jāyē chalānā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o..passive])और aur aur andहम ham ham[pn.pl.] weदेखते रहें dēkhtē rahē̃ dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] see[opt.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] !  !  !  !

412Is this the promise that you made or not?

337नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withरहेंगे rahē̃gē rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , साथ sāth sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] withचलेंगे chalē̃gē chalnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] continue[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

413Or that Baba returns home and you are left to watch?

338तो tō tō thenचलने chalnē chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] continue[inf.m.pl.,o.]के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]तैयारी taiyārī taiyārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē shouldना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

414No, you will stay together and return together.

339कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someगोल्डन golden golden golden, , , , सिल्वर silver silver silver, , , , कॉपर copper copper copperकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)सूक्ष्म sūkṣhma sūkṣhma[adj.] subtleरस्सियाँ rassiyā̃ x xतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youउड़ने uṛnē uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] fly[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)कोशिश kōśhiśh kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] tryकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]और aur aur andरस्सी rassī rassī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ropeआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]नीचे nīchē nīchē downले आये lē āyē lēnā[opt.sg.23.root+ānā] take[opt.sg.23.root+ānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

415You also need to make preparations to return. 416You do not have any golden, silver or copper strings, do you? 417You may try to fly but the string would bring you down.

340तो tō tō thenचेक check check checkकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]और aur aur andअभ्यास abhyās abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] practiceकरो karō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatसेकण्ड second second secondमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअशरीरी aśharīrī aśharīrī[adj.] bodilessबन सकते हैं ban saktē haĩ bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] ?  ?  ?  ?

418So check, and have this practice: Am I able to become bodiless in one second?

341अशरीरी aśharīrī aśharīrī[adj.] bodilessका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअर्थ arth|earth arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth (meaning|earth)है hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatशरीर śharīr śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)कोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneआकर्षण ākarṣhaṇ ākarṣhaṇ[x] attractionआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulको kō kō[postp.] toअपने apnē apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] one’s ownतरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionआकर्षित ākarṣhit ākarṣhit[adj.] attractedनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरे karē karnā[opt.sg.23] do[opt.sg.23]. . . .

419To be bodiless means that no physical attraction should attract the soul towards itself.

342चाहे chāhē chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23])जिन्दा jindā jindā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butजैसे jaisē jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] likeजीते जी jītē jī jītē jī[x] xमरजीवा marjīvā marjīvā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dying alive. . . .

420Even if you are alive, it is as though you have died alive.

343वैसे vaisē vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसबका sabkā sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] everyone'sअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)शरीर śharīr śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyतो tō tō thenहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ही hī hī[p.] onlyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

421In fact, all of you do not have a body of your own. 422Would you say: "This is my body."?

344मेरा mērā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] I[.kā]शरीर śharīr śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bodyकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]या yā yā orबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)अमानत amānat amānat[n.f.;sg.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

423Or, is it something entrusted to you by the Father?

345जब jab jab whenहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ही hī hī[p.] onlyबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)अमानत amānat amānat[n.f.;sg.] xतो tō tō thenअशरीरी aśharīrī aśharīrī[adj.] bodilessबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]क्या kyā kyā whatमुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficultहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

424Since it is Baba's valuable property, why is it difficult to become bodiless?

346मुश्किल muśhkil muśhkil[adj.] difficultहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]या yā yā orसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

425Is it difficult or is it easy?

347 ( ( ( (सहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]) ) ) ) कहने kahnē kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] say[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inतो tō tō thenसहज sahaj sahaj[adj.] easyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

426It is easy. 427It is easy to say it.

348युद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरनी पड़े karnī paṛē karnā[opt.sg.23.oblig2] do[opt.sg.23.oblig2]कि ki ki[conj.] thatनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , मैं आत्मा हूँ maĩ ātmā hū̃ maĩ ātmā hū̃[x] I am a soul, , , , मैं आत्मा हूँ maĩ ātmā hū̃ maĩ ātmā hū̃[x] I am a soul… … … … . . . .

428You should not have to battle: I am a soul, I am a soul. 429Where would you reach if one second is finished in battling?

349युद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inही hī hī[p.] onlyएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneसेकण्ड second second secondपूरा pūrā pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] fullहो जायेगा hō jāyēgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenकहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereपहुँचेंगे pahũchēṅgē pahuñchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] reach[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !  !  !  ! 350बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherने nē nē[postp.] ∅कहा kahā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] say[past-part.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

430You should do it the moment Baba tells you. 431If you think about it even a little: "It should not be like this, but like this.

351अगर agar agar ifजरा jarā zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसोचा-ऐसा sōcā-aisā x xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notवैसा vaisā vaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x, , , , अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतो tō tō thenथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortटाइम time time timeचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should, , , , इतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchअभ्यास abhyās abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] practiceतो tō tō thenहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , हो जायेगा hō jāyēgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā]… … … … सोचा sōchā sōchnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] think[past-part.m.sg.d.]और aur aur andगया gayā jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] go[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

432I do not have this much practice. 433There is still more time, it will happen." 434The moment you think in this way, you have gone.

352कहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereगया gayā jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] go[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

435Where have you gone?

353त्रेता trētā trētā[n.f.;sg.] silver ageमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inगया gayā jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] go[past-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

436To the silver age.

354हाँ जी hā̃ jī hā̃ jī[x] yesकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenब्रह्मा brahmā brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Brahmaबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)साथी sāthī sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] companionबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

437If you say "Ha ji", you become Braham Baba's companion.

355अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

438Achcha.

356टीचर्स teachers teacher teacherसेः sēḥ x x­ ­ ­ ­टीचर्स teachers teacher teacherसब sab sab[adj.] allआगे āgē āgē previouslyबैठी हैं baiṭhī haĩ baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] sit[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3], , , , होशियार hōśhiyār hōśhiyār[adj.] cleverहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

439The teacherswho have come, raise your hands! 440All the teachers are sitting at the front.

357बहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . .

441You are clever.

358बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaनिमित्त nimitt nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] instrumentबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root])सेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)मुबारक mubārak mubārak[n.f.;sg.] congratulationsदेते हैं dētē haĩ dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] give[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

442Very good. 443BapDada is congratulating you for doing service as instruments.

359फिर भी phir bhī phir bhī[x] neverthelessदेखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]पुरूषार्थ purūṣhārth puruṣhārth effortकरके karkē karnā[abs.] do[abs.]सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toयात्रा yātrā yātrā[n.f.;sg.] pilgrimageतो tō tō thenकराई है karāī hai karānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] make commit[pres-perf.sg.f.23]. . . .

444At least, you have made effort to enable everyone to come on the pilgrimage.

360कुमारों kumār kumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kumarसेः sēḥ x x­ ­ ­ ­कुमार kumār kumār[x] kumarक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

445Achcha, kumars,raise your hands!

361कुमार kumār kumār[x] kumarसदा sadā sadā constantlyही hī hī[p.] onlyविश्वमें viśvamē̃ x xकोई न कोई kōī na kōī kōī na kōī[x] one .. or anotherपरिवर्तन parivartan parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] transformationके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]एवररेडी ever ready ever ready ever-readyरहते हैं rahtē haĩ rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

446And householders, raise your hands! 447There will be a larger number of Shaktis. 448What will the householders do?

362कोई भी kōī bhī kōī bhī[x] anyoneक्रान्ति krānti krānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] revolutionके निमित्त kē nimitt kē nimitt[x] xकुमार kumār kumār[x] kumarबनते हैं bantē haĩ bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] become[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . . 363तो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]शान्ति śhānti śhānti peaceकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)क्रान्ति krānti krānti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] revolution. . . .

449Householders should always remember the blessing: We are the most beautiful, number one showpiece in the showcase of the world.

364तो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allकुमार kumār kumār[x] kumarसदा sadā sadā constantlyयह yah yah[pn.sg.d.] thisयाद रखो yād rakhō yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] rememberकि ki ki[conj.] thatहमारा hamārā ham[pn.pl.kā] we[.kā]हर har|her har|harnā[root]|her (x|x[root])कर्म karma karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] deedपरिवर्तन parivartan parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] transformationकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]के निमित्त kē nimitt kē nimitt[x] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

450The more beautiful, you showpieces are, that is the samples, then the more people will come to make a bargain with the Father.

365तो tō tō thenकुमार kumār kumār[x] kumarअर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isविश्व परिवर्तक viśhva parivartak viśhva parivartak[x] world transformer. . . .

451Seeing a sample, they will want to come and buy.

366ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

452And what will kumars do?

367सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyतालियाँ tāliyā̃ tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] clappingतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबजा रहे हो bajā rahē hō bajānā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] play[pres.pl.m.prog.2]. . . . 368अच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achcha­ ­ ­ ­अच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaकुमार kumār kumār[x] kumarहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

453Kumars are constantly ever­ready for one or another form of transformation in the world.

369देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaसदा sadā sadā constantlyकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatसेवाकेन्द्र sēvākēndra sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] centreसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inआगे āgē āgē previouslyनम्बर number number numberपर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)जायें jāyē̃ jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] go[opt.pl.12hon3], , , , उसके uskē uskā[pn.sg.kē] of that[.kē]लिए liē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|liē (take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|for)कुमार kumār kumār[x] kumarभी bhī bhī[p.] tooजरूर jarūr zarūr definitelyचाहिये chāhiyē chāhiē should. . . .

454Kumars are responsible for any type of revolution. 455So, this is the revolution for peace. 456All kumars should constantly remember: Our every action is instrumental for transformation.

370जहाँ jahā̃ jahā̃ where thereकुमार kumār kumār[x] kumarनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]वहाँ vahā̃ vahā̃ thereसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)प्लैन plan plan planकम cum|kam cum|kam[adj.] (x|less)बनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

457So, kumars means world transformers. 458It is like this, is it not?

371तो tō tō thenऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchनिर्विघ्न nirvighna nirvighna[adj.] free from obstaclesसेवाधारी sēvādhārī sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] serverकुमार kumār kumār[x] kumar. . . .

459You are not simply clapping, are you? 460There are very good kumars here.

372खिटखिट khiṭkhiṭ khiṭ-khiṭ complicationकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . . 373निर्विघ्न nirvighna nirvighna[adj.] free from obstaclesसेवाधारी sēvādhārī sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] serverकुमार kumār kumār[x] kumar. . . .

461Look, BapDada always says that for a centre to go ahead in service, kumars are needed.

374कुमार kumār kumār[x] kumarही hī hī[p.] onlyसेवा sēvā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] serviceकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)शोभा हैं śhōbhā haĩ śhōbhnā[x] x[x]इसीलिये isīliyē isliē thereforeबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toकुमार kumār kumār[x] kumarप्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingलगते हैं lagtē haĩ lagnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . . 375अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

462Where there are no kumars, there will be less plans for service. 463So, you are such server kumars who are free from obstacles.

376इस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisवर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearतो tō tō thenसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toनिर्विघ्न nirvighna nirvighna[adj.] free from obstaclesहोना hōnā hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] be[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , आपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]पास pās|pass pās|pass (x|pass)कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someविघ्नों vighnō̃ vighna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] obstacleके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पत्र patra patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआयेंगे-ये āyēṅgē-yē x xहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā]… … … … . . . .

464Do not be ones who create conflict, but be server kumars who are free from obstacles. 465Kumars are the beauty of service. 466This is why BapDada loves the kumars.

377कुमारों kumār kumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kumarको kō kō[postp.] toमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबहुत bahut bahut veryप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveकरती है kartī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.23] do[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

467It is good. 468Everyone has to become free from obstacles this year.

378माया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसमझती है samajhtī hai samajhnā[pres.sg.f.23] understand[pres.sg.f.23]मेरा mērā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] I[.kā]बनें banē̃ bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] become[opt.pl.12hon3], , , , इसीलिये isīliyē isliē thereforeडबल double double doubleअटेन्शन attention attention attention. . . .

469There will be no letter of obstacles that this happened and this happened.

379माया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

470Maya loves kumars a lot also.

380कुमारियों kumāriyō̃ kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kumariसेः sēḥ x x­ ­ ­ ­कुमारियाँ kumāriyā̃ kumārī[x] kumariक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगी karē̃gī karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] do[fut.f.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

471Maya also thinks that you should belong to her, and so you have to pay double the attention.

381कुमारियों kumāriyō̃ kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kumariका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofतो tō tō thenबहुत bahut bahut very­ ­ ­ ­बहुत bahut bahut veryबड़ा baṛā baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] veryभाग्य bhāgya bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

472Do not belong to Maya. 473And what will the kumaris do? 474Kumaris have great fortune.

382कुमार kumār kumār[x] kumar25 25 25 25वर्ष varṣh varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yearका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butउनको unkō vah[pn.pl.kō] that[.kō]कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someदादा dādā dādā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Dadaनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकहेगा kahēgā kahnā[fut.m.sg.23] say[fut.m.sg.23], , , , लेकिन lēkin lēkin butकुमारियों kumāriyō̃ kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kumariको kō kō[postp.] toदादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadiकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , दीदी dīdī dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] didiकहेंगे kahē̃gē kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

475A kumar may be of twenty­five years, but no one could call him dada. 476However, kumaris will be called dadis and didis. 477When a kumari becomes a teacher, she receives the title of dadi or didi.

383कुमारियाँ kumāriyā̃ kumārī[x] kumariअगर agar agar ifटीचर teacher teacher teacherबन जाती हैं ban jātī haĩ bannā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] become[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā]तो tō tō thenदादी dādī dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Dadi, , , , दीदी dīdī dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] didiका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofटाइटल title title titleमिल जाता है mil jātā hai milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]. . . .

478They are called didi and many good ones also become this. 479However, to be didi means to be big.

384दीदी dīdī dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] didiकहने kahnē kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] say[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoतो tō tō thenबहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andबनने bannē bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] become[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

480And so, to be a didi means to make effort for the self and to inspire others with a big heart.

385लेकिन lēkin lēkin butदीदी dīdī dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] didiमाना mānā mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.])बड़ी baṛī baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] very. . . .

481Do not become happy with just the name "didi".

386तो tō tō thenदीदी dīdī dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] didiबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]अर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isबड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryदिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartसे sē sē[postp.] fromस्व sva sva xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofपुरूषार्थ purūṣhārth puruṣhārth effortऔर aur aur andऔरों aurō̃ aurō̃ othersको kō kō[postp.] toपुरूषार्थ purūṣhārth puruṣhārth effortकराना karānā karānā[inf.m.sg.d.] make commit[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

482You also have to do some work. 483It has been seen that Maya has extra love for kumars and kumaris. 484However, this is not love, it is deception.

387सिर्फ sirph sirph[adj.] onlyदीदी dīdī dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] didiनाम nām nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nameसे sē sē[postp.] fromनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notखुश khuśh khuśh[adj.] happyहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])जाना jānā jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]). . . . 388काम kām kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] (task|lust)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooकरना है karnā hai karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

485First of all, Maya loves you a great deal, but merged within that is deceit.

389कुमार kumār kumār[x] kumarऔर aur aur andकुमारियों kumāriyō̃ kumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kumariसे sē sē[postp.] fromदेखा जाता है dēkhā jātā hai dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|dēkhnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] (see[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|see[pres.sg.m.23.passive])कि ki ki[conj.] thatमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकुछ kuchh kuchh anythingएक्स्ट्रा extra extra extraप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

486There should now not be any report of Maya from any kumar or kumari. 487There are these reports at present.

390लेकिन lēkin lēkin butये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , धोखा dhōkhā dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] deceptionहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

488Some do play games: kumars and kumaris. 489Now do not play games any more.

391पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)माया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaबहुत bahut bahut veryप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveकरती है kartī hai karnā[pres.sg.f.23] do[pres.sg.f.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butसमाया samāyā samānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] merge[past-part.m.sg.d.]हुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]धोखा dhōkhā dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] deceptionहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

490Now, become world transformers, be co­operative with one another and continue to move forward.

392अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someकुमार kumār kumār[x] kumarऔर aur aur andकुमारी kumārī kumārī[x] kumariकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)माया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaके प्रति kē prati kē prati[x] forरिपोर्ट report report reportनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआनी चाहिये ānī chāhiyē ānā[.oblig3] come[.oblig3]. . . .

491Is this all right? 492So, the householders are also playing a very good part of their own.

393अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowरिपोर्ट report report reportआती है ātī hai ānā[pres.sg.f.23] come[pres.sg.f.23]. . . . 394कई kaī kaī someखेल khēl khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] (play|play[root])करते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कुमार kumār kumār[x] kumarभी bhī bhī[p.] too, , , , कुमारियाँ kumāriyā̃ kumārī[x] kumariभी bhī bhī[p.] too. . . .

493If it were not for householders, BapDada would have to accept the insults even now.

395अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowखेल khēl khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] (play|play[root])नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notकरना karnā karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] do[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

494He was insulted so much in the beginning.

396अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowविश्व परिवर्तक viśhva parivartak viśhva parivartak[x] world transformerबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root]), , , , सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allएक ēk ēk[adj.] one­ ­ ­ ­दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सहयोगी sahyōgī sahyōgī[adj.] co-operativeबन ban ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] (x|become[root])आगे āgē āgē previouslyउड़ना uṛnā uṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] fly[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

495However, seeing the sample of you householders, others had courage.

397ठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅. . . . 398प्रवृत्ति pravr̥itti pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] familleवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoसेः sēḥ x x­ ­ ­ ­प्रवृत्ति pravr̥itti pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] familleवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoक्या kyā kyā whatकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

496So this is the speciality of the householders, but what does it mean to be a householder?

399प्रवृत्ति pravr̥itti pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] familleवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoसदा sadā sadā constantlyये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingयाद रखना yād rakhnā yād rakhnā[x] rememberकि ki ki[conj.] thatहम ham ham[pn.pl.] weविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)शो show show showकेस case case caseमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inबहुत bahut bahut veryबढ़िया baṛhiyā baṛhiyā[adj.] xनम्बरवन number one number one number oneशो show show showपीस peace|pīs peace|pīsnā[root] (peace|crush[root])हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

497Those who remain in an attitude beyond. 498Householder does not mean to have the consciousness, "My grandson, my grandson", but to be those who have an attitude of remaining beyond.

400जितना jitnā jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] the moreआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youशो show show showपीस peace|pīs peace|pīsnā[root] (peace|crush[root])अर्थात् arthāt arthāt that isसेम्पल sample sample sampleबढ़िया baṛhiyā baṛhiyā[adj.] xहोंगे hōṅgē hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3]तो tō tō thenबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherसे sē sē[postp.] fromसौदा saudā saudā[x] dealकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoबहुत bahut bahut veryआयेंगे āyēṅgē ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] come[fut.m.pl.12hon3]. . . .

499What happens is that because BapDada says "Remain loving and detached", you become loving, but not detached and loving. 500You make this mistake.

401सेम्पल sample sample sampleको kō kō[postp.] toदेखकरके dēkhkarkē dēkhnā[abs.] see[abs.]स्वयं svayã svayã xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooखरीददार kharīdadār x xबन जायेंगे ban jāyēṅgē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]. . . .

501Become loving, but first, become detached and then become loving.

402प्रवृत्ति pravr̥itti pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] familleवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoअपना apnā apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (adopt[root]|one’s own)बहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaपार्ट बजा रहे हैं part bajā rahē haĩ part bajānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] play one's part. . . .

502You become loving but you forget to become detached.

403अगर agar agar ifप्रवृत्ति pravr̥itti pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] familleवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोते hōtē hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowतक tak tak untilभी bhī bhī[p.] tooबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toगालियाँ gāliyā̃ gālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] insultखानी khānī khānā[inf.f.] eat[inf.f.]पड़ती paṛtī paṛnā[pres-part.f.] fall[pres-part.f.]. . . .

503So, you are loving and detached. 504You householders know how to become this, do you not?

404देखो dēkhō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]पहले pahlē pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] (x|firstly)कितनी kitnī kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] soगाली gālī gālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] insultखाई khāī khānā[past-part.f.] eat[past-part.f.]. . . .

505You are clever, are you not?

405लेकिन lēkin lēkin butआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youप्रवृत्ति pravr̥itti pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] familleवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसेम्पल sample sample sampleदेखकर dēkhkar dēkhnā[abs.] see[abs.]हिम्मत himmat himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] courageआती है ātī hai ānā[pres.sg.f.23] come[pres.sg.f.23]. . . .

506In being loving and also in being detached? 507Now, do not write: What can I do, but Maya came?

406तो tō tō thenप्रवृत्ति pravr̥itti pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] familleवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooअपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownविशेषता viśhēṣhtā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] specialityहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butप्रवृत्ति pravr̥itti pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] familleका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअर्थ arth|earth arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth (meaning|earth)क्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

508Write a letter that you have chased Maya away for all time. 509Why should you write a letter? 510Everything reaches Baba.

407पर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)वृत्ति vr̥itti vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] attitudeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

511There is no need to write anything.

408प्रवृत्ति pravr̥itti pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] familleका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofअर्थ arth|earth arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth (meaning|earth)ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहै-मेरा hai-mērā x xपोत्रा pōtrā pōtrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] grandson, , , , मेरा mērā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] I[.kā]धौत्रा dhautrā x x. . . .

512When you write, you write four­page letters and your economy is finished.

409नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , पर par par[postp.]|par[adj.] (at|other)वृत्ति vr̥itti vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] attitudeमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those who. . . .

513There is then expense incurred.

410लेकिन lēkin lēkin butहोता hōtā hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-part.m.sg.d.]क्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

514Whose expense was that?

411बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaकहते हैं kahtē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3]न्यारे nyārē nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uniqueऔर aur aur andप्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingरहो rahō rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , तो tō tō thenप्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingबनेंगे banē̃gē bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butन्यारे nyārē nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uniqueबनकर bankar bannā[abs.] become[abs.]प्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notबनते bantē bannā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] become[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

515Yours or Baba's? 516So you incurred unnecessary expense, did you not? 517And so much time is wasted of those who read the letters.

412ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisगलती galatī|galtī galatī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|galnā[pres-part.f.] (mistake|x[pres-part.f.])करते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]. . . .

518What type of handwriting is it?

413प्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingतो tō tō thenबन जाते हैं ban jātē haĩ bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā]लेकिन lēkin lēkin butन्यारापन nyārāpan nyārēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] separationभूल जाता है bhūl jātā hai bhūl jānā[pres.sg.m.23] x[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

519Some words go towards the East and some go towards the West.

414तो tō tō thenप्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingभी bhī bhī[p.] tooऔर aur aur andन्यारे nyārē nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uniqueभी-ये bhī-yē x xप्रवृत्ति pravr̥itti pravr̥itti[n.f.;sg.] familleवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoको kō kō[postp.] toआता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅ !  !  !  !

520Just write two words; do not write in detail. 521Letters of good news are not long.

415प्यारे pyārē pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lovingऔर aur aur andन्यारे nyārē nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] uniqueरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहोशियार hōśhiyār hōśhiyār[adj.] cleverहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ? 416अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलिखना likhnā likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] write[inf.m.sg.d.]कि ki ki[conj.] thatमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaआ गई ā gaī ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] come[past-part.f..root+jānā]क्या kyā kyā whatकरें karē̃ karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] do[opt.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

522When there is news of something wrong, they will be four page letters, and now the letters are to be of good news, are they not?

417माया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaको kō kō[postp.] toहमेशा hamēśhā hamēśhā xके लिए kē liē kē liē[x] forभगा bhagā bhagānā[root] chase away[root]दिया-ऐसा diyā-aisā x xपत्र patra patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] xलिखना likhnā likhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] write[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

523Or are they going to be long and complicated?

418पत्र patra patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] xलिखने likhnē likhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] write[inf.m.pl.,o.]की kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooजरूरत jarūrat jarūrat[n.f.;sg.] needनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , बाबा bābā bābā Babaके पास kē pās kē pās[x] toपहुँचता है pahuñchtā hai pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] reach[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

524No matter how many letters and how much news someone brings to you, what should you do?

419लिखते हैं likhtē haĩ likhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] write[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō then4-4 4-4 4-4 4-4पेज page page xपत्र patra patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] xलिखते हैं likhtē haĩ likhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] write[pres.pl.m.12hon3], , , , इकॉनॉमी economy economy economicalखत्म khatm ḵẖatm[adj.] finished. . . .

525You have to remain unshakeable and immovable and put them into the waste paper basket.

420खर्चा kharchā kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] expenditureतो tō tō thenहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]ना nā nā ∅, , , , खर्चा kharchā kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] expenditureकिसका kiskā kaun[pn.sg.kā] who[.kā]हुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

526Do not take an interest in it. 527What is this?

421आपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]हुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]या yā yā orबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ?

528What has happened? 529No.

422तो tō tō thenफालतू phāltū phāltū[adj.] uselessखर्चा kharchā kharch, kharchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] expenditureकिया kiyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] do[past-part.m.sg.d.]ना nā nā ∅और aur aur andफिर phir phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] (turn[root]|then)पढ़ने paṛhnē paṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] study[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soफालतू phāltū phāltū[adj.] uselessटाइम time time timeजाता है jātā hai jānā[pres.sg.m.23] go[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

530Let those who want to say something say it. 531You are listening to what Baba says.

423अक्षर akṣhar akṣhar[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordभी bhī bhī[p.] tooक्या kyā kyā whatलिखते हैं likhtē haĩ likhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] write[pres.pl.m.12hon3]कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someईस्ट east east eastमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजाता है jātā hai jānā[pres.sg.m.23] go[pres.sg.m.23], , , , कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someवेस्ट west|waste west|waste (west|waste)में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inजाता है jātā hai jānā[pres.sg.m.23] go[pres.sg.m.23]. . . .

532Or, do you also wish to listen to others? 533What promise did you make?

424दो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2])शब्दों śhabdō̃ śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] wordमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inलिखो likhō likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , डिटेल detail detail detailमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलिखो likhō likhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] write[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

534That you will only listen to the One. 535Or, will you listen to others also?

425खुशखबरी khuśhkhabarī khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] good newsके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पत्र patra patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everभी bhī bhī[p.] tooलम्बे lambē lambā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notहोते hōtē hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . . 426उल्टे ulṭē ulṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] upside downसुल्टे sulṭē sulṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] the right way upसमाचार samāchār samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] newsका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofपत्र patra patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] xचार chār chār[adj.] fourपेज page page xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

536No matter what someone says ­ some may say: I am the Father; someone else will say something else ­let them say it, let them experience that pleasure.

427तो tō tō thenअभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowखुशखबरी khuśhkhabarī khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] good newsके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)पत्र patra patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] xआने हैं ānē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] come[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1]ना nā nā ∅कि ki ki[conj.] thatलम्बे lambē lambā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x­ ­ ­ ­चौड़े chauṛē chauṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] xआने हैं ānē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] come[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] ?  ?  ?  ?

537You belong to the Father and you are going to remain belonging to the Father. 538Do you agree?

428कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someकितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soभी bhī bhī[p.] tooआपके āpkē āp[pn.pl.kē] you[.kē]पास pās|pass pās|pass (x|pass)ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] such­ ­ ­ ­ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchपत्र patra patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] xया yā yā orसमाचार samāchār samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] newsसुनाये sunāyē sunānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] speak[past-part.m.pl.,o.]तो tō tō thenआपको āpkō āp[pn.pl.kō] you[.kō]क्या kyā kyā whatकरना है karnā hai karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?  ?  ?  ?

539Or do you wish to experience a little pleasure? 540Those who remain under Baba's influence cannot come under the influence of any soul.

429अचल achal achal unshakeable­ ­ ­ ­अडोल aḍōl aḍōl[adj.] unshakeable. . . .

541Can they? 542No.

430वेस्ट west|waste west|waste (west|waste)पेपर paper paper paperबॉक्स box box xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inडाल दो ḍāl dō ḍālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā]. . . .

543You are saying something good: what does it matter if I heard it?

431इन्टरेस्ट interest interest[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] interestनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notलो-ये lō-yē x xक्या kyā kyā whatहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23], , , , ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisक्या kyā kyā whatहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]… … … … . . . .

544But what has Baba said? 545Listen to the One and only listen to everything about the One.

432नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , कहने kahnē kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] say[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoकह रहे हैं kah rahē haĩ kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]. . . . 433आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youतो tō tō thenबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofकहा kahā kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] say[past-part.m.sg.d.]हुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.]सुन रहे हो sun rahē hō sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] listen[pres.pl.m.prog.2], , , , कि ki ki[conj.] thatऔरों aurō̃ aurō̃ othersका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofभी bhī bhī[p.] tooसुनना है sunnā hai sunnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] listen[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?  ?  ?  ?

546Do you like this or do you enjoy listening to the Ramayana or the Mahabharata? 547No, you feel there should be a little entertainment every now and again.

434क्या kyā kyā whatवायदा vāydā vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] promiseहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ? 435आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसे sē sē[postp.] fromही hī hī[p.] onlyसुनेंगे sunē̃gē sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatऔरों aurō̃ aurō̃ othersसे sē sē[postp.] fromभी bhī bhī[p.] tooथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortसुनेंगे sunē̃gē sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

548If others are doing something, let them enjoy themselves, but give them good wishes and keep yourself safe.

436कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someकुछ भी kuchh bhī kuchh bhī[x] anythingकहे kahē kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]), , , , कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someकहे-हम kahē-ham x xबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , कोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someकहे kahē kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23])हम ham ham[pn.pl.] weये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]… … … … कहने दो kahnē dō kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā], , , , मौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureमनाने दो manānē dō manānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] celebrate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā]. . . . 437आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]और aur aur andबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)रहना है rahnā hai rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

549Do you know how to remain safe or do you get a little of that heat also? 550You should not be affected by the heat but should constantly keep yourself safe. 551Achcha.

438मंजूर mañjūr mañjūr[adj.] agreeहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅कि ki ki[conj.] thatथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortमजा majā mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] pleasureलेना है lēnā hai lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?  ?  ?  ?

552All of you have now received blessings; the blessing everyday.

439बाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)प्रभाव prabhāv prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoकिसी kisī kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] (anything|some)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooआत्मा ātmā ātmā[n.f.;sg.] soulके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)प्रभाव prabhāv prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआ ā ānā[root] come[root]सकते saktē saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]. . . .

553You have so much Godly love. 554You sing the song: Who else would love you as much?

440ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisभी bhī bhī[p.] tooअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaबोलते bōltē bōlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] speak[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]हैं-सुन haĩ-sun x xलिया liyā lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] take[past-part.m.sg.d.]तो tō tō thenक्या kyā kyā whatहुआ huā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] !  !  !  !

555No one else can give you Godly love. 556It is impossible.

441लेकिन lēkin lēkin butबाप bāp bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] fatherने nē nē[postp.] ∅क्या kyā kyā whatकहा है kahā hai kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

557Achcha. 558Maya is also trying to create a jamela.

442एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneसे sē sē[postp.] fromसुनो sunō sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , एक ēk ēk[adj.] oneका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofही hī hī[p.] onlyसुनो sunō sunnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] listen[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

559However, all of you are unshakeable.

443तो tō tō thenये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisपसन्द pasand pasand[n.f.;sg.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]ना nā nā ∅कि ki ki[conj.] thatथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] short­ ­ ­ ­थोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortरामायण rāmāyaṇ rāmāyaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] xकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)कथा kathā kathā[n.f.;sg.] story, , , , महाभारत mahābhārat mahābhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] Mahabharataकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)कथा kathā kathā[n.f.;sg.] storyसुनना sunnā sunnā[inf.m.sg.d.] listen[inf.m.sg.d.]अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

560So, are all your desires fulfilled? 561You have to continue to meet whilst you are alive. 562Do not ever be afraid of Maya's jamela.

444बीच bīch bīch centre­ ­ ­ ­बीच bīch bīch centreमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortमनोरंजन manōrañjan manōrañjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] entertainmentतो tō tō thenहोना चाहिये hōnā chāhiyē hōnā[.oblig3] be[.oblig3] !  !  !  !

563Come, we are also victorious. 564Challenge her even more. 565It does not matter.

445नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youअपनी apnī apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] one’s ownमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inरहो rahō rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

566You have a jamela, but we also have a mela. 567Achcha.

446अगर agar agar ifऔर कुछ aur kuchh aur kuchh[x] xभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकरते हैं kartē haĩ karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]तो tō tō thenउनको unkō vah[pn.pl.kō] that[.kō]भी bhī bhī[p.] tooमौज mauj mauj[n.f.;sg.] pleasureकरने दो karnē dō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.inf+dēnā], , , , शुभ भावना śhubh bhāvnā śhubh bhāvnā[x] pure feelingदो dō dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]). . . .

568Can such a huge mela take place in Gyan Sarovar? 569(Yes, it is possible.) 570Show it to BapDada.

447आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसेफ safe safe safeरहो rahō rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]. . . .

571Where will you do it?

448सेफ safe safe safeरहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]आता है ātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23] come[pres.sg.m.23]कि ki ki[conj.] thatथोड़ा thōṛā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] shortसेक sēk|sake sēk[n.f.;sg.]|sake (affected|sake)आ जाता है ā jātā hai ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?  ?  ?  ?

572It is good. 573Gyan Sarovar has become a sample for the world.

449सेक sēk|sake sēk[n.f.;sg.]|sake (affected|sake)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआये āyē ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]). . . .

574You have made it well.

450सदा sadā sadā constantlyसेफ safe safe safeरहना rahnā rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.]. . . .

575What is not possible?

451अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , सभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allको kō kō[postp.] toवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingमिल गये mil gayē milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] receive[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]. . . . 452कितना kitnā kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] soपरमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

576Since you wish to claim the kingdom of the world, this is not a big thing.

453गीत gīt gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] xगाते हो gātē hō gānā[pres.pl.m.2] sing[pres.pl.m.2]ना-इतना nā-itanā x xप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveकरेगा karēgā karnā[fut.m.sg.23] do[fut.m.sg.23]कौन kaun kaun[pn.;d.] who ?  ?  ?  ?

577An asylum has to be created eventually. 578You have seen it now.

454परमात्म paramātma paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] Supreme Soulप्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someऔर aur aur andदे dē dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23])ही hī hī[p.] onlyनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसकता saktā saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]. . . .

579When there is any fluctuation, come here. 580You have seen the place, have you not?

455असम्भव asambhav asambhav[adj.] impossibleहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . . 456तो tō tō thenआशायें āśhāyē̃ āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] desireसब sab sab[adj.] allपूरी pūrī pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (full|puri)हुई huī hōnā[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.] ?  ?  ?  ?

581There will be a mela of mikes from everywhere at Gyan Sarovar, will there not?

457जब तक jab tak jab tak[x] as long asजीना है jīnā hai jīnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] live[pres.sg.23.oblig1]तब तक tab tak tab tak[x] xमिलते miltē milnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] receive[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]रहना है rahnā hai rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1]. . . .

582Mikes from everywhere will come, will they not?

458कभी kabhī kabhī[adv.] everभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमाया māyā māyā[n.f.;sg.] Mayaके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)झमेले jhamēlē jhamēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] turmoilसे sē sē[postp.] fromघबराना ghabrānā ghabrānā[inf.m.sg.d.] be afraid[inf.m.sg.d.]नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . .

583This is a mela for Brahmins and that will be a mela of the mikes.

459आओ āō ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2], , , , हम ham ham[pn.pl.] weभी bhī bhī[p.] tooविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious हैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . . 460और aur aur andही hī hī[p.] onlyचैलेन्ज challenge challenge challengeकरो-आओ karō-āō x x, , , , कई kaī kaī someहर्जा harjā harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] xनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not. . . . 461आपका āpkā āp[pn.pl.kā] you[.kā]झमेला jhamēlā jhamēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] turmoilहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenहमारा hamārā ham[pn.pl.kā] we[.kā]मेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

584Gyan Sarovar has been created with a drop from everyone and everyone has given their every drop with a lot of love, from deep within their heart.

462अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , ज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inइतना itnā itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] suchमेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairहो सकता है hō saktā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] ?  ?  ?  ?

585This is why Gyan Sarovar is a sample of the co­operation of all of you.

463 ( ( ( (हो सकता है hō saktā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]) ) ) ) बापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaको kō kō[postp.] toदिखाना dikhānā dikhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] x[inf.m.sg.d.], , , , कहाँ kahā̃ kahā̃ whereकरेंगे karē̃gē karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

586Those from Talheti have also done a lot of tapasya. 587Their tapasya is also now completed.

464अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23], , , , ज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarएक ēk ēk[adj.] oneविश्व viśhva viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] worldके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]सेम्पुल sēmpul x xबना है banā hai bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] become[pres-perf.sg.m.23]. . . .

588Achcha. 589To all the souls from every direction of this land and abroad who are observing this scene in their subtle form; to the souls who are sustained by the elevated sustenance and those who are claiming a ruling status through the most elevated study; to the souls who attain all blessings from the Satguru; to the constantly victorious souls who are the conquerors of Maya; to the most elevated souls who have stopped constantly battling and are stabilised in the stage of being Raja Yogi souls, BapDada's love, remembrances and namaste.

465आखिर ākhir ākhir at lastतो tō tō thenएसलम asylum asylum asylumबनना bannā bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] become[inf.m.sg.d.]ही hī hī[p.] onlyहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

590Achcha, did the double foreigners enjoy the mela?

466अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowदेख लिया dēkh liyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]ना nā nā ∅, , , , जब jab jab whenभी bhī bhī[p.] tooकोई kōī kōī[pn.;d.] someबात bāt bāt[n.f.;sg.] matterनीचे nīchē nīchē down­ ­ ­ ­ऊपर ūpar ūpar overहो hō hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])तो tō tō thenआ ā ānā[root] come[root]जाना jānā jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]). . . .

591Will all of you sleep like this in the tents? 592Or will you not be able to sleep?

467स्थान sthān sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] placeतो tō tō thenदेख लिया dēkh liyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

593Are you ready to sleep like this?

468ज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसब sab sab[adj.] allतरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)माइक्स māiksa x xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofमेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairहोगा hōgā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] be[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

594You (Bharatwasis) do not allow them (double foreigners) to sleep in this way, but they are ready.

469सब sab sab[adj.] allतरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)माइक mike mike mikeआने हैं ānē haĩ ānā[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1] come[pres.pl.12hon3.oblig1]ना nā nā ∅ ?  ?  ?  ?

595You are very courageous. 596You are ever­ready.

470ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisब्राह्मणों brāhmaṇō̃ brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] Brahminका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofमेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairऔर aur aur andवो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)माइक्स māiksa x xका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofमेला mēlā mēlā[x] fair. . . .

597If you are given the Dunlop pillow, that is all right and if you are given the floor, that is all right too.

471क्योंकि kyōṅki kyōṅki becauseज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)बूंद būnd būnd[x] drop­ ­ ­ ­बूंद būnd būnd[x] dropसे sē sē[postp.] fromसरोवर sarōvar sarōvar[n.m.;sg.,d.] Sarovarबना है banā hai bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] become[pres-perf.sg.m.23]और aur aur andसभी sabhī sab[adv.hī] allने nē nē[postp.] ∅दिल dil dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] heartवा vā vā orजान jān jān[n.m.;sg.,d.]|jānnā[root] (x|know[root])से sē sē[postp.] fromसिक sik sik xव va va xप्रेम prēm prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveसे sē sē[postp.] fromबूंद būnd būnd[x] drop­ ­ ­ ­बूंद būnd būnd[x] dropडाली है ḍālī hai ḍālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] create[pres-perf.sg.f.23]. . . .

598Achcha, in this season, BapDada saw double foreigners with great zeal and enthusiasm also. 599BapDada saw expansion; there is expansion in numbers and progress in the stage also.

472इसीलिये isīliyē isliē thereforeआप āp āp[pn.pl.] youसबके sabkē sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] everyone'sसहयोग sahyōg sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] cooperationका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofसेम्पल sample sample sampleज्ञान सरोवर gyān sarōvar gyān sarōvar[x] Gyan Sarovarहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

600Now, the childhood games have finished. 601You have now grown up.

473यहाँ yahā̃ yahā̃ hereतलहटी talahṭī talahṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] xवालों vālō̃ vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] those whoने nē nē[postp.] ∅भी bhī bhī[p.] tooतपस्या tapasyā tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] tapasyaबहुत bahut bahut veryसमय samay samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] timeसे sē sē[postp.] fromकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key), , , , उन्हों unhō̃ vah[pn.pl.o.] thatकी kī|key karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)भी bhī bhī[p.] tooतपस्या tapasyā tapasyā[n.f.;sg.] tapasyaपूरी pūrī pūrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|pūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (full|puri)हुई huī hōnā[past-part.f.] be[past-part.f.]. . . .

602Achcha, is everyone all right? 603Did you enjoy the mela? 604You do not think: "What is this jamela etc.", do you? 605No, it is very good.

474सर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allतरफ taraph taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] directionके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)देशविदेश dēśavidēś x xके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allसूक्ष्म sūkṣhma sūkṣhma[adj.] subtleस्वरूप svarūp svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] formसे sē sē[postp.] fromदृश्य dr̥iśhya dr̥iśhya[n.m.;sg.,d.] xदेखने dēkhnē dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] see[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soul, , , , चारों ओर chārō̃ ōr chārō̃ ōr[x] everywhereके kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)सदा sadā sadā constantlyश्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedपालना pālnā pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.])में mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inपलने palnē palnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those who, , , , श्रेष्ठ śhrēṣhṭh śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] elevatedपढ़ाई paṛhāī paṛhānā[past-part.f.]|paṛhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] (teach[past-part.f.]|study)से sē sē[postp.] fromराज्य rājya rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kingdomपद pad pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] statusपाने pānē pānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] x[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soul, , , , सद्गुरू sadgurū satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] Satguruद्वारा dvārā dvārā throughसर्व sarv sarv[adj.] allवरदान vardān vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] blessingप्राप्त prāpt prāpt[adj.] reachedकरने karnē karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] do[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoआत्मायें ātmāyē̃ ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] soul, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyमायाजीत māyājīt māyājīt[adj.] xविजयी vijayī vijayī[adj.] victorious रत्न ratna ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] jewel, , , , सदा sadā sadā constantlyयुद्ध yuddha yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] battleको kō kō[postp.] toछोड़ chhōṛ chhōṛnā[root] renounce[root]राजयोगी rājyōgī rājyōgī[adj.] Raja Yogiस्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inस्थित sthit sthit[adj.] stabilisedरहने rahnē rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.pl.,o.]वाली vālī vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] those whoसर्वश्रेष्ठ sarvaśhrēṣhṭha sarvaśhrēṣhṭha[adj.] xआत्माओं ātmāō̃ ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] soulको kō kō[postp.] toबापदादा bāpdādā bāpdādā BapDadaका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofयाद yād yād[n.f.;sg.] remembrance­ ­ ­ ­प्यार pyār pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] loveऔर aur aur andनमस्ते namastē namastē x. . . .

606Whatever happens in the drama is good and it will remain good. 607(The stage was decorated very beautifully.

475अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , डबल double double doubleविदेशियों vidēśhiyō̃ vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] foreignerको kō kō[postp.] toभी bhī bhī[p.] tooमेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaलगा lagā lagānā[root]|lagnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|lagā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] (attach[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x) ?  ?  ?  ?

608A scene of the subtle region and the golden age were created.

476आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youलोग lōg log[n.m.;sg.,d.] peopleऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchसोयेंगे sōyēṅgē sōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] sleep[fut.m.pl.12hon3], , , , टेन्ट tent tent xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inसोयेंगे sōyēṅgē sōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] sleep[fut.m.pl.12hon3]कि ki ki[conj.] thatनींद nīnd nīnd[n.f.;sg.] sleepनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notआयेगी āyēgī ānā[fut.f.sg.23] come[fut.f.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

609BapDada saw all the scenes.)It is very good. 610All of you worked very hard.

477सोने sōnē sōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|sōnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] (sleep[inf.m.pl.,o.]|gold)के kē|K kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K (of|K)लिये liyē lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] take[past-part.m.pl.,o.]तैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?  ?  ?  ?

611It is also a wonder of those from Gujarat.

478ये yē yah[pn.pl.d.] thisतो tō tō thenतैयार taiyār taiyār[adj.] xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]आप āp āp[pn.pl.] youनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसुलाते हो sulātē hō sulānā[pres.pl.m.2] put to sleep[pres.pl.m.2]. . . .

612You are not tired, are you? 613All of you did very well.

479बहुत bahut bahut veryबहादुर bahādur bahādur[adj.] xहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3], , , , एवररेडी ever ready ever ready ever-readyहैं haĩ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] be[pres.pl.12hon3]. . . .

614Achcha. 615All those Pandavs who have been co­operative.

480अगर agar agar ifडनलप Dunlop Dunlop Dunlop pillowमिलेगा milēgā milnā[fut.m.sg.23] receive[fut.m.sg.23]तो भी tō bhī tō bhī[x] ∅ठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OK, , , , जमीन jamīn zamīn[n.f.;sg.] landमिलेगी milēgī milnā[fut.f.sg.23] receive[fut.f.sg.23]तो भी tō bhī tō bhī[x] ∅ठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OK. . . .

616Come. 617In fact, everyone has done something, but BapDada is calling the few instrument souls.

481अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , डबल double double doubleविदेशी vidēśhī vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreignerभी bhī bhī[p.] tooइस is yah[pn.sg.o.] thisसीजन season season seasonमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaउमंग umaṅg umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] zeal­ ­ ­ ­उत्साह utsāh utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] enthusiasmवाले vālē vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] those whoदेखे dēkhē dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]). . . .

618In fact, all of you have done something. 619(All brothers and sisters instruments in service came in front of BapDada.)All of you did the number one work.

482वृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthभी bhī bhī[p.] tooदेखी dēkhī dēkhnā[past-part.f.] see[past-part.f.], , , , संख्या saṅkhyā saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] xमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]तो tō tō thenस्थिति sthiti sthiti[n.f.;sg.] stageमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inभी bhī bhī[p.] tooवृद्धि vr̥iddhi vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] growthहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]. . . .

620(Speaking to all the brothers and sisters who had come to celebrate a meeting.)All of you are the most co­operative.

483अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowबचपन bachpan bachpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] childhoodका kā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ofखेल khēl khēl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|khēlnā[root] (play|play[root])समाप्त samāpt samāpt[adj.] finishedहो गया hō gayā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā], , , , अभी abhī ab[adv.hī] nowबड़े baṛē baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] veryहो गये hō gayē hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā]. . . .

621How could the mela have taken place if it hadn't been for you.

484अच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha, , , , सब sab sab[adj.] allठीक ṭhīk ṭhīk[adj.] OKहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

622The result is very good.

485मेला mēlā mēlā[x] fairपसन्द pasand pasand[n.f.;sg.] loveआया āyā ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] come[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?  ?  ?  ? 486ऐसे aisē aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] suchतो tō tō thenनहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] notसोचते-ये sōcatē-yē x xझमेला jhamēlā jhamēlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] turmoilक्या kyā kyā whatहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23] ?  ?  ?  ?

623Speaking to Bhopalbhai (Main instrument at Talheti):All your desires are now fulfilled.

487नहीं nahī̃ nahī̃[neg] not, , , , बहुत bahut bahut veryअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achcha. . . . 488जो jō jō[pn.;d.] thatड्रामा drama drama dramaमें mē̃ mē̃[postp.] inहोता है hōtā hai hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] be[pres.sg.m.23]वो vō vah[pn.;d.] thatअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaहै hai hōnā[pres.sg.23] be[pres.sg.23]और aur aur andअच्छे achchhē achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchaते tē sē fromअच्छा achchhā achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchaरहेगा rahēgā rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] remain[fut.m.sg.23]. . . .

624Make this place even more free from obstacles by fulfilling all the regulations and it will be more useful. 625Do you understand? 626* * * O MS H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used